2006年全国各地高考试题集[下学期]

2006年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(III)
语音知识
hear
A. nearly B. search C. bear D. heart
change
A. machine B. headache C. technique D. research
surprise
A. police B. apologize C. bridge D. children
safely
A. base B. season C. Asia D. usual
museum
A. subject B. true C. bulge D. busy
单项填空
–Will you be able to finish your report today –_______.
A. I like it B. I hope so C. I’ll do so D. I’d love it
We forgot to bring our tickets, but please let us enter, _______.
A. do you B. can we C. will you D. shall we
Your story is perfect; I’ve never heard _______ before.
A. the better one B. the best one C. a better one D. a good one
It was not until she got home _______ Jennifer realized she had lost her keys.
A. when B. that C. where D. before
We hope that as many people as-possible _______ join us for the picnic tomorrow.
A. need B. must C. should D. can
It is no _______ arguing with Bill because he will never change his mind.
A. use B. help C. time D. way
John, a friend of mine, who got married only last week, spent $3,000 more than he _______ for the wedding.
A. will plan B. has planned C. would plan D. had planned
We thought there were 35 students in the dining hall, _______, in fact, there were 40.
A. while B. whether C. what D. which
–Did you take enough money with you –No, I needed _______ I thought I would.
A. not so much as B. as much as C. much more than D. much less than
Mary wanted to travel around the world all by herself, but her parents did not _______ her to do so.
A. forbid B. allow C. follow D. ask
–What did your parents think about your decision
–They always let me do _______ I think I should.
A. when B. that C. how D. what
We often provide our children with toys, footballs or basketballs, _______ that all children like these things.
A. thinking B. think C. to think D. thought
There were a lot of people standing at the door and the small girl couldn’t get _______.
A. between B. through C. across D. beyond
I know you don’t like _______ music very much. But what do you think of _______ music in the film we saw yesterday
A. /; / B. the; the C. the; / D. /; the
As you can see, the number of cars on roads _______ rising these days.
A. we keeping B. keep C. keeps D. were keeping
完型填空
The year I went away to college was a very difficult transition (过渡期) for me. 21 is probably true with many people. I got quite homesick and 22 thought about going home.
Although the 23 time for many students is getting 24 from home, my mailbox was frequently 25 . One day when I went to the mailbox, there was a postcard 26 out at me. I sat down to read it, 27 a note from someone back home. 28 I became increasingly puzzled (困惑) as 29 postcard were like this: It was full news report about a woman named Mabel and her new born baby. I took the card back to my room and 30 about it.
Several days later I 31 another postcard, this one 32 news about Maybelline, Mabel’s cousin. Soon after, another card arrived and then another, 33 full of different people. I began to 34 look forward to the next one, 35 to see what this author would come up with 36 . I was never 37 .
Finally, the cards 38 coming, right about the time I had begun to feel 39 about college life. They had been such a happy distraction (调剂) that, I have 40 all the postcards and still bring them out to read whenever I need a life.
A. If B. So C. As D. What
A. often B. carefully C. seldom D. merely
A. hard B. last C. busiest D. happiest
A. visitors B. letters C. calls D. directions
A. empty B. full C. closed D. open
A. pouring B. reaching C. staring D. rolling
A. describing B. considering C. enjoying D. expecting
A. But B. Thus C. Also D. Even
A. any B. no C. some D. such
A. joked B. talked C. forgot D. cared
A. mailed B. accepted C. wrote D. received
A. delivering B. demanding C. discovering D. developing
A. one B. each C. either D. both
A. nearly B. possibly C. usually D. really
A. promising B. surprised C. interested D. pretending
A. below B. lately C. next D. behind
A. frightened B. disappointed C. excited D. pleased
A. continued B. stopped C. started D. avoided
A. easy B. safe C. tired D. anxious
A. lost B. collected C. torn D. saved
阅读理解
A
My friend, Emma Danicls, spent the summer of 1974 traveling in Israel. During her month-long stay in Jerusalem she often went to a café called chocolate soup. It was run by two men, of the whom-Alex-used to live in Montreal. One morning when Emma went in for coffee, while chatting with her new friend Alex, she mentioned that she had just finished the book she was reading and had nothing else to read. Alex said he had a wonderful book she might like, and that he’d be happy to lend it to her. As he lived just above the café, he quickly ran up to get it. The book he handed to Emma just minutes later was markings, a book by a former secretary-general of the United Nations (UN).
Emma had never read it, nor had she ever bought a copy, but when she opened it up, she was floored to see her own name and address inside the cover, in her own handwriting (笔迹). It was in town visiting friends. They decided to exchange (交卷) addresses, but neither of them had any paper. The man opened up a book he was carrying in his backpack (背包) and asked Emma to write her name and address inside. When he returned to California, he left the book behind in Montreal, and his friend Alex kept it. When Alex later moved to Jerusalem, he took the book along.
Alex lent Emma the book, Markings, _______.
A. to show his friendliness to her B. to show his interest in reading
C. to tell her about the importance of the UN D. to let her write her name and address inside
How did Emma feel the moment she opened the book
A. Pleased B. Satisfied C. Worried D. Surprised
We can learn from the text the California _______.
A. met Emma at a concert B. invited Emma to a concert
C. introduced Emma to his friend D. left Emma his backpack
Who was supposed to be the first owner of the book
A. An official of the UN B. A coffee shop owner
C. A friend of the author’s D. Alex’s friend from California
B
May: Happenings from the Past
May 5, 1884
Issac Murphy, son of a slave and perhaps the greatest horse rider in American history, rides Buchanan to win his first Kentucky Derby. He becomes the first rider ever to win the race three times.
May 9, 1754
Benjamin Franklin’s Pennsylvania gazette produces perhaps the first American political cartoon (漫画), showing a snake cut in pieces with the words “Join or Die” printed under the picture.
May 11, 1934
The first great dust storm of the Great Plains Dust Bowl, the result of years of drought (干旱), blows topsoil all the way to New York City and Washington, D.C.
May 19, 1994
Jacqueline Lee Bouvier Kennedy Onassis, former first lady and one of the most famous people of the 1960s died of cancer in New York City at the age of 64.
May 24, 1844
Samuel F.B Morse taps out the first message, “What hath God wrought,” over the experimental long-distance telegraph line which runs from Washington, D.C., to Baltimore, Md.
We know from the text that Buchanan is _______.
A. Isaac’s father B. a winning horse
C. a slave taking care of horses D. the first racing horse in Kentucky
What is the title of the first American political cartoon
A. Join or Die B. Pennsylvania Gazette
C. What Hath God Wrought D. Kentucky Derby
In which year did the former first lady Jacqueline die
A. 1934 B. 1960 C. 1964 D. 1994
Which of the following places has to do with the first telegram in history
A. Washing to, D.C. B. New York City C. Kentucky D. Pennsylvania
C
When I learned that my 71-year-old mother was playing Scrabble – a word game – against herself, I knew I had to do something. My husband suggested we give her a computer to play against. I wasn’t sure my mother was ready for it. After all, it had taken 15 years to persuade her to buy an electric cooker. Even so, we packed up our old computer and delivered it to my parents’ home. And so began my mother’s adventure in the world of computers.
It also marked the beginning of an unusual teaching task for me. I’ve taught people of all ages, but I never thought I would be teaching my mother how to do anything she has been the one teaching me all my life; to cook and sew; to enjoy the good times and put up with the bad. Now it was my turn to give something back.
It wasn’t easy at the beginning. There was so much to explain and to introduce. Slowly but surely, my mother caught on, making notes in a little notebook. After a few months of scrabble and other games, I decided it was time to introduce her to word processing (文字处理). This proved to be a bigger challenge (挑战) to her, so I gave her some homework. I asked her to write me a letter, using different letter types, colors and space.
“Are you this demanding with your kindergarten pupils ” she asked.
“No, of course not,” I said. “they already know how to use a computer.”
My mother isn’t the only one experiencing a fast personal growth period. Thanks to the computer, my father has finally got over his phone allergy (过敏反映). For as long as I can remember, any time I called, my mother would answer. Dad and I have had more phone conversations in the last month than we’ve had in the past 20 years.
What does the author do
A. She is a cook. B. She is a teacher.
C. She is a housewife. D. She is a computer engineer.
The author decided to give her mother a computer _______.
A. to let her have more chances to write letters B. to support her in doing her homework
C. to help her through the bad times D. to make her life more enjoyable
The author asked her mother to write her a letter _______.
A. because he mother had stopped using the telephone
B. because she wanted to keep in touch with her mother
C. so that her mother could practice what she had learned
D. so that her mother could be free from housework
After the computer was brought home, the author’s father _______.
A. lost interest in cooking B. took more phone calls
C. played more games D. began to use it
D
When asked to point out one or two things that are most important to themselves, many put friends ahead of homes, jobs, cloth and cars.
A true friendship carries-a-long history of experience that determines who we are and keeps us connected. It is a treasure we should protect. Unfortunately, the better friends you are, the more probably you’ll have disagreements. And the result can be what you don’t want an end to the relationship.
The good news is that most troubled friendships can be mended First, don’t’ let your pride get in your way. Most of us can forgive each other when differences are brought out in the open. Second, apologize when you’re wrong – even if you’ve been wronged. Over the course of a friendship, even the best people make mistakes. Sometimes, it may be best if the wronged person takes the lead and apologizes. When you apologize, give your friend a chance to admit that he has been wrong. Third, see things from your friend’s point of view (观点). And finally, accept that friendships change as our needs and lifestyle (生活方式) change. Making friends can sometimes seem easy. The hard part is keeping the connections strong during the natural ups and downs that have an effect on all relationships. My suggestion: Consider friendship an honor and a gift, and worth the effort to treasure and nurture (培养).
What would be the best title for the text
A. Easy Ways to Make Friends B. Ups and Downs in Friendship
C. How to Mend a Troubled Friendship D. How to Take the Lead in Making Friends
The “wronged person” underlined in the text refers to a person _______.
A. who has been mistaken for another B. who has been blamed unfairly
C. who has treated friends badly D. who has admitted his mistakes
According to the text a friendship can last long only if _______.
A. we have much in common B. we know our friends’ mistakes
C. we treat our disagreements wisely D. we have know one another for long
What should we do if we follow the author’s second suggestion
A. Stick to our own prints of view B. Avoid making mistakes
C. Make an apology first D. Change our lifestyles
E
“Who made you T-shirt ” A Geo letdown University students raised that question. Piertra Rivoli, a professor of business, wanted to find the answer. A few weeks later, she bought a T-shirt and began to follow its path form Texas cotton, rim to Chinese factory to charity bin (慈善捐赠箱). The result is an interesting new book, The tran’s of a T-shirt in the Global Economy (经济).
Following a T-shirt around the world in a way to make her point more interesting, but it also frees Rivoli from the usual arguments over global trade. She goes wherever the T-shirt goes, and there are surprises around every corner. In China, Rivoli shows why a clothing factory, even with its poor conditions, means a step towards a better care for the people who word there. In the colorful used-clohting markets of Tanzania, she realizes that, “it is only in this final stage of life that the T-shirt will meet a real market,” where the price of a shirt changes by the hour and is different by its size and even color, Rivoli’s book is full of me able people and scenes, like the noise, the bad air and the “muddy sweet smell (泥土香味) of the cotton,” she says. “Here in the factory, Shanghai smells like shallot water Texas.”
Rivoli is at her best when making those sorts of unexpected connections. She even finds one between the free traders and those who are against globalization. The changes opened up by trade are vase, she argues, but free markets need the correcting force of politics to keep them in check. True economic progress needs them both.
What do we learn about Professor Rivoli
A. She used to word on cotton farm. B. She wrote a book about world trade.
C. She wants to give up her teaching job. D. She wears a T-shirt wherever she goes.
By saying T-shirt “meet a real market”, Rivoli means in Tanzania _______.
A. cheaper T-shirts are needed B. used T-shirts are hard to sell
C. prices of T-shirts rise and fall frequently D. prices of T-shirts are usually reasonable
What does the word “them” underlined in the last paragraph refer to
A. Free markets. B. Price changes.
C. Unexpected connections. D. Chances opened up by trade.
What would be the best title for the text
A. What T-shirts Can Do to Help Cotton Farms B. How T-shirts Are Made in Shanghai
C. How T-shirts Are Sold in Tanzania D. What T-shirts Can Teach Us
注意: I卷上61-80为空题 (无此序号), 考生必须将第 “81-85” 序号题答在 <答题卡>相对应位置上, 否则不得分.
补全对话
What do you think I ought to see first in London I’m told one ought to see the British Museum. Do you think I shall have time for that
– 81 But if I were you, I should leave that for some other day. You could spend a whole day there. It’s much too big to be seen in an hour or so.
–I suppose it is. 82
–That’s not a bad idea. You could spend a couple of hours there comfortably, or even a whole afternoon, watching the wild animals and all those bride. You could have tea there too.
–I’ll do that, then. How do I get there
– 83 Where are we now Oh, there’s that big building. I think your best way from here is to take Baker Street.
– 84
–Oh, no, a quarter of an hour or so, but, if you’re in a hurry, why not take a taxi
–I think I will 85 Taxi!
A. Let me see. B. Well, you might. C. What time is it now
D. Is it much of a walk E. Ah, here’s one coming.
F. What about going to the Zoo G. Must I stay in London for long
第二卷
单词拼写
66. I’m very hungry – I _______ (错过) lunch. 66. _______
67. Jack took a deep _______ (呼吸) and then dived into the water. 67. _______
68. I’ve got an _______ (普通) sort of car, nothing special. 68. _______
69. I want to thank everyone who has _______ (鼓励) and supported me. 69. _______
70. Jenny spends hours in front of the _______ (镜子)! 70. _______
71. It is _______ (稍微) colder today than it was yesterday. 71. _______
72. The story is written by an _______ (澳大利亚) engineer. 72. _______
73. Tom was _______ (羞愧) of having lied to his parents. 73. _______
74. _______ (一月) is the first month of the year. 74. _______
75. Can you _______ (想象) standing up there and giving a speech 75. _______
短文改错
An American and a Frenchman decided to cross the sea
between France and England in the balloon in 1784. High 76. _______
over the water, they discover a hole in the balloon. The 77. _______
hole became bigger and bigger. The air keeps the 78. _______
balloon up was escaping quickly and the balloon was 79. _______
coming up. The two men threw all their equipment into 80. _______
the water to make the balloon light. It started to rise 81. _______
higher again. So it was still too close to the water. 82. _______
finally, the men threw away most of his clothes to 83. _______
save themselves. The crowd waiting for to greet them in 84. _______
England was very surprised see this when the balloon 85. _______
landed in front of them.
书面表达
假定你是李华, 亚洲冬季运动会将在你居住的地方举办, 现在正在招募志愿者, 你希望成为其中一员。请按要求用英文给组委会写一封申请信. 内容应包括:
个人情况：年龄、性别、学历
个人条件：英语好、爱好体育、善于交往、乐于助人、熟悉本地情况
承诺：提供最佳服务
注意：
词数100左右，开头语已为你写好
可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯
生词：申请–apply (v.), application (n.)；志愿者–volunteer
Dear Sir or Madam,
My name is Li Hua. I would like to work as a volunteer for the Winter Asian Games. _____________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PAGE
12006年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试
英语
本试卷分第Ⅰ卷（选择题）和第Ⅱ卷（非选择题）两部分。第Ⅰ卷1至12页。第Ⅱ卷13至14页。考试结束，将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。
第Ⅰ卷
注意事项：
答题前，考生在答题卡上务必用黑色签字笔将自己的姓名、准考证号填写清楚，并贴好条形码。请认真核准条形码上的准考证号、姓名和科目。
每小题选出答案后，用2B铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑，如需改动，用橡皮擦干净后，再选涂其他答案标号，在试题卷上作答无效。
第一部分 听力(共两节，满分30分)
做题时，先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后，你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上答案转涂到答题卡上。
第一节（共5小题;每小题1.5分，满分7.5分）
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
例：How much is the shirt
A. 19.15.
B. 9.15.
C. 9.18.
答案是B。
1.How much will the man pay for the tickets
A. 7.5. B. 15. C. 50.
2.Which is the right gate for the man’s flight
A.Gate 16. B.Gate 22. C.Gate 25.
3.How does the man feel about going to school by bike
A.Happy. B.Tired. C.Worried.
4.When can the woman get the computers
A.On Tuesday. B.On Wednesday. C.On Thursday.
5.What does the woman think of the shirt for the party
A.The size is not large enough.
B.The material is not good.
C.The color is not suitable.
第二节(共15小题;每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。
6.What can we learn about Mr.Brown
A.He is in his office.
B.He is at a meeting.
C.He is out for a meal.
7.What will the man probably do next
A.Call back.
B.Come again.
C.Leave a message.
听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。
8.What kind of room does the man want to take
A.A single room.
B.A double room.
C.A room for three.
9.What does the man need to put in the from
A.Telephone and student card numbers.
B.Student card number and address.
C.Address and telephone number.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
10.What is the relationship between the speakers
A.Fellow clerks.
B.Boss and secrecary.
C.Customer and salesperson.
11.What does the man like about his job
A.Living close to the office.
B.Chances to go abroad.
C.Nice people to work with.
12.What do we know about the woman
A.She likes traveling.
B.She is new to the company.
C.She works in public relstions.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
13.When will the visitors come
A.In March. B.In April. C.In May.
14.How many visitors are coming
A.8. B.10. C.12.
15.What will the visitors do on the second day
A.Go to party. B.Visit schools. C.Attend a lecture.
16.Where will the visitors go on the final day
A.To London. B.To Scotland. C.To the coast.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
17.What is the first word the baby tried to say
A.Truck. B.OK. C.Duck.
18.How old was the baby when he learned to say that word correctly
19.What did the father do when the baby screamed that word at the airport
A.He corrected the baby.
B.He tried to stop the baby.
C.He did himself somewhere.
20.Why did the mother pretend not to know the baby
A.She got angry with the father.
B.She was frightened by the noise.
C.She felt uneasy about the noisy baby.
第一部分 英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）
单项填空(共15小题;每小题1分，满分15分)
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
例：It is generally considered unwise to give a child he or she wants.
A.however B.whatever C.whichever D.whenever
答案是B。
21.The house belongs to my aunt but she here any more.
A.hasn’t lived B.didn’t live C.hadn’t lived D.doesn’t live
22.We the last bus and didn’t have any money for taxi, so we had to walk home.
A.rcached B.lost C.missed D.caught
23.See the flags on top of the building That was we did this morring.
A.when B.which C.where D.what
24.There’s no light on-they be at home.
A.can’t B.mustn’t C.needn’t D.shouldn’t
25.—Excuse me, can you tell me where the nearest bank is, please
— Oh yes! It’s past the post office, next to a big market.
A.Mm, let me think. B.Oh, I beg your pardon
C.You’re welcome. D.What do you mean
26.If I can help ,I don’t like working late into the night.
A. B. C. D.
27.Mike didn’t play yesterday because .
A.damaged B.hurt C.hit D.struck
28. he has limited technical knowledge, the old worker hs a lot of experience.
A.Since B.Unless C.As D.Althought
29.The water cool when I jumped into the pool for morning exercise.
A.was felt B.is felt C.felt D.feels
30.—Hello, could I speak to Mr. Smith
—Sorry, wrong number, There isn’t Mr. Smith here.
A.不填 B.a C.the D.one
31.Eliza remembers everything exactly as if it yesterday.
A.was happening B.happens
C.has happened D.happened
32. and happy, Tony stood up and accepled and prize.
A.Surprising B.Surprised
B.Being surprised D.To be surprising
33.Please remind me he said he was going. I may be in time to see him off.
A.where B.when C.how D.what
34.—I wonder if I could possibly use your car for tonight
— . I’m not using it anyhow.
A.Sure, go ahead B.I don’t know
C.Yes, indeed D.I don’t care
35.Mary, here-everybody else, stay where you are.
A.come B.comes C.to come D.coming
第二节 完形填空(共20小题;每小题1.5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后所给各题的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
On a hot summer day in late August, I sought shade and a cool drink at a waterfront cafe on a Greet island. Over hundred degrees in 36 air. Crowded. Tempers(脾气) of both the tourists and waiters had 37 to meet the situation, making it a rather quarrelsome environment(环境).
At the table next to mine sat an attractive, 38 couple,waiting for
39 .They held hands, whispered, kissed, and laughed. Suddenly they stood, picked up their 40 and stepped together 41 the edge of where they were sitting to place the table in the sea water. The man stepped 42 for the two chairs. He politely 43 his lady in the kneed-deep water and then sat down himself. All people around laughed and cheered.
44 appeared. He paused for just a second, walked into the water to
45 the table and take their 46 ,and then walked back to the 47 cheers of the rest of his 48 . Minutes later he returned carrying a bottle of wine and two glasses. Without pausing, he went 49 into the water to
50 the wine. The couple toasted(祝酒) each other, the waiter and the crowd. And the crowd 51 by cheering and throwing flowers to them. Three other tables
52 to have lunch in the water. The place was now filled with laughter.
One doesn’t step into water in one’s best summer clothes. Why not
Customers are not served 53 . Why not
Sometimes one should consider 54 the line of convention(常规) and enjoy
55 to the fullest.
36.A.fresh B.cool C.still D.thin
37.A.mannged B.expected C.attempted D.risen
38.A.lonely B.curious C.well-dressed D.bad-tempered
39.A.cheers B.service C.attention D.flowers
40.A.metal table B.empty bottle C.chairs D.bags
41.A.on B.off C.around D.along
42.A.outside B.forward C.down D.back
43.A.led B.seated C.watched D.received
44.A.The manager B.A friend C.A waiter D.The servant
45.A.set B.wash C.remove D.check
46.A.menu B.bill C.food D.order
47.A.loud B.anxious C.familiar D.final
48.A.tourists B.customers C.fellows D.assistants
49.A.at last B.in time C.once more D.as well
50.A.change B.drink C.sell D.serve
51.A.replied B.insisted C.agreed D.understood
52.A.prepared B.jorned in C.settled up D.continued
53.A.with pleasure B.in the café C.in the sea D.with wine
54.A.following B.keeping C.limiting D.crossing
55.A.life B.wine C.lunch D.time
第三部分 阅读理解(共20小题;每小题2分，满分40分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
Most people think of racing when they see greyhounds(灰狗) and believe they need lots of exercise. They can actually be quite lazy! Greyhounds are good at fast races but not long-distance running. They do need regular exercise but they like to run for a short burst and then get back on the bed or a comfortable seat. Another misunderstanding is that greyhounds must be aggressive(好斗的) because they are big in size. In fact greyhounds love people and are gentle with children.
Greyhounds can live for 12-14 years but usually only race for two or three years, and after that they make great pets. They don’t need a lot of space, don’t make a lot of noise, and don’t eat a lot for their size.
Normally, greyhounds can be as tall as 90 cm. There is, however, a small-sized greyhound, which stands only 33 cm. Greyhounds come in a variety of colors. Grey and yellowish-brown are the most common. Others include black, white, blue, red and brown or a mix of these.
Greyhounds have smooth body coats, low body fat and are very healthy. Because they’re slim（苗条的）they don’t have the leg problems like other dogs the same height. But they do feel the cold. Especially since they would much rather be at home in bed than walking around outside.
56.The text is written mainly .
A.to tell people how to raise greyhounds
B.to let people know more about greyhounds
C.to explain why greyhounds are aggressive
D.to describe greyhounds of different colors
57.It can be inferred that greyhounds .
A.love big doghouses
B.like staying in bed all day
C.make the best guard dogs
D.need some exercise outdoors
58.Why does the author say that greyhounds make grest pets
A.They are big in size.
B.They live a very long life.
C.They can run races for some time.
D.They are quiet and easy to look after.
59.If you keep a pet greyhound,it is important .
A.to keep it stim
B.to keep it warm
C.to take special care of its legs
D.to take it to animal doetors rcgularly
B
Many years ago,when I was fresh out of school and working in Danver,I was driving to my parents’ home in Messouri for Christmas.I atopped at a gas station(加油站) about 50 miles from Okiahoma City,where I was plsning to stop and visit &friend.While I was standing in.line at the cash register（收款台）,I said hello to an older couple who were also paying for gas.
I took off,but had gone anly a few miles when black smoke poured from the back of my car.I stopped and wondered what I should do.A car pulled up behind me. It was the couple I had spoken to at the gas station.They said they would take me to my friend’s.We chatted on the way into the city,and when I get out of the car,the husband gave me his business card.
I wrote him and his wife a thank-you note for helping me.Soon afterward.I received a Christmas present from them.Their note that came with it said that helping me had made their holidays meaningful.
Years later,I drove to a meeting in a nearby town in the morning,In late afternoon I returned to my car and found that I’d left the lights on all day,and the battery(电池) was dead.Then I noticed that the Friendly ford dealership-a shop selling cars-was right next door.I walked over and found two salesmen in the showroom.
“Just how friendly is Friendly Ford ”I asked and explained my trouble.They quickly drove a pickup truck to my car and started it.They would accept no payment;so when I got home;I wrote them a note to say thanks,I received a letter back from one of the salesmen,No one had ever taken the time to write him and say thank you ,and it meant a lot,he said.
“Thank you”- two powerful words.They’re easy to say and mean so much.
60.The author planned to stop at Oklahoma City .
A.to visit a frend
B.to see his parents
C.to pay or the cash register
D.to have more gas for his car
61.The words“took off”underlined in Paragraph 2 mean“ ”
A.turned off
B.moved off
C.put up
D.set up
62.What happened when the author found smoke coming out of his car
A.He had it pulled back to the gas station.
B.The coupls sent him a business card.
C.The couple offered to help him.
D.He called his friend for help.
63.The hattery of the author’s car was dead because .
A.something went wrong with the lights
B.the meeting lasted a whole day
C.he forgot to turn off the lights
D.he drove too long a sistance
64.By telling his own experiences,the author tries to show .
A.how to write a thank-you letter
B.how to deal with car problems
C.the kindheartedness of older people
D.the importance of expressing thanks
C
A study of English learning problems was carried out among a total of 106 foreign students.It shows that most students considered understanding spokeu English to be their bigges problern on asrival.This was followed by speaking,Writing increased as a problem as students discovered difficulties in writing papers that they were now expected to hand in.Reading remained as a signifioant（显著的）problem.
The information gsined helped up in determining where special attention should be paid in our course.Although many atudents have chosen to join the course with a reasonnble motivation（动机）,we considered it important to note what seemed to encourage inleresl.Neady all the students have experienced some kind of grammar-based English teaching in their own country.To use the sarnc method would be self-defeating because it might reduce motivation,especially if it has failed in the pest.Thereforc a different method may help henause it is different.
Variety of activity was also seen as a way of maintsining（保持）or incressing motivation.Several years ago we had one timetable that operated throughout,but we soon found that both the students and the teachers lost interest by about halfway through the ten weeks.This led up to a majoc re-taink,so finally we hrought it into line with the expressed language needs of the students.
65.What is the text mainly about
A.Foreign students have more problems.
B.There are many ways to improve English.
C.Tesching should meet students’needs.
D.English learning probles should be studied again.
66.Writing became a bigger problem when foreign students .
A.had to writs their paers
B.became better at speaking
C.became less interested in reading
D.had fewer problems with listening
67.We may infer from the last lwo paragraphs that .
A.different teaching methods should be used
B.grammar-hased teaching seems to be encouraging
C.English courses are necessary for foreign students
D.teaching content should be changed halfway
68.The word“it” underlined in the last paragraph refers to“ ”.
A.re-think
B.activity
C.molivation
D.timetable
D
Since my retirement（退休）from teaching music in 2001,I have epent a good deal of time paintingas an artist.I aotually beagan drawing again in the summer of 1995 when my lather died.so perhaps I was trying to recover from the loss of my father,or maybe it was just that it brought back memories of him.In any case,I drew pen and ink animals and landscapes（风景画）much influenced（影响）by krenkel and St. John for five years.
For some strange reason, I had been waiting until my retirement to start doing walereolors again, but as soon as I walked out of the school door for the last time I picked up my brushes and rediscovered Andrew Wyeth, who quickly became my favorite artist. I had looked through all the art books I had on my shelves and found his watercolors to be the closest to how I thought good watercolors should look. So I painted landscapes around Minnesota for three years and tried out many other types of painting. However, watercolors remained my first choice, and I think I did my best work there, showing my paintings at a number of art exhibitions.
Art is now together with my piano playing and reading. There is a time for everything in my world, and it is wonderful to have some time doing what I want to do. As Confucius once said,“At seventy I can follow my heart’s desire.”
69.What is the text mainly about
A.Learning to paint in later life. B.How to paint watercolors.
C.An artist-turned teacher. D.Life after retiroment.
70.The author started drawing again in 1995 because .
A.he hoped to draw a picture of his father
B.he couldn’t stop missing his father
C.he had more time after retirement
D.he liked animals and landscapes
71.We can infer from the text that the author .
A.had been taught by Krenkel and St. John
B.painted landscapes in Minnesota for 5 years
C.believed Wyeth to be the best in watercolors
D.started his retirement life at the age of seventy
72.How does the author probably feel about his life as an artist
A.Very enjoyable. B.A bit regretful.
C.Rather busy. D.Fairly dull.
E
Phillip Island Penguins(企鹅)
The Little Penguin has called Phillip Island home for untold generations. Get to Phillip Island in plenty of time to watch a summer sunset at Summerland Beach-the stage is attractively set to see the Little Penguin leave water and step onto land.
·Leave Melbournc at 5:30pm for a direct journey to Phillip Island
·Sec the Gippsland area-Guinness Book of Records place for the world’s longest earthoworm(蚯蚓)
·Journey along the coastal highway around the Bay with French Island and Churchill Island in the distance
·Cross the bridge at San Remo to enter Phillip Island-natural home for Little Penguins and many animals
·Take your place in special viewing stands(看台) to watch the daily evening performance of the wild Little Penguins
Ultimate Penguins(+U)
Join a group of up to 15. This guided tour goes to an attractive, quiet beach to see Little Penguins. You can see penguins at night by wearing a special pair of glasses.
Adult(成人) $60.00 Child $30.00
Viewing Platform Penguin Plus(+V)
More personalized wildlife viewing limited to 130 people providing closer viewing of the penguin arrival than the main viewing stands.
Adult $25.00 Child $12.50
Penguin Skybox(+S)
Join a group of only 5 in the comfort of a special, higher-up viewing tower. Gain an excellent overview of Summerland Beach.
Adult Isyrs+$50.00
73.What kind of people is the text mainly written for
A.Scientists. B.Students. C.Tourists. D.Artists.
74.What can learn from the text that Little penguins .
A.have been on Phillip Island for years
B.keep a Guinness record for their size
C.are trained to practice diving for visitors
D.live in large groups to protect themselves
75.How much would a couple with one child pay for a closer viewing tour
A.$37.50. B.$62.50. C.$180.00. D.$150.00.
2006年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试
英语
第Ⅱ卷
注意事项：
答题前，考生在答题卡上用黑色签字笔将自己的姓名、准考证号填写清楚，然后贴好条形码。请认真核准条形码上的准考证号、姓名和科目。
第Ⅱ卷共2页，请用黑色签字笔在答题卡上各题的答题区域内作答，在试题卷上作答无效。
第四部分 写作(共两节，满分35分)
短文改错（共10小题;每小题1分，满分10分）
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断;如无错误，在该行右边横线上画一个勾(√);如有错误(每行只有一个错误)，则按下列情况改正：
此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线(\)划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线划掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
We had guests last night who have not stayed 76.
in a B&B hotel ago. They did not want breakfast 77.
because that they were going out early in the 78.
morning. They came back lately and had some 79.
tea.I came into the living room and saw one of 80.
them just to through the kitchen door but turn 81.
on the light. He was looking for a glass the 82.
cupboard. He had no ideas that the kitchen was 83.
not for guesls. I just smiled to me and thought, 84.
“What can I do We are guests after all.” 85.
书面表达(满分25分)
假定你是李华。应英国朋友Bob的要求，写一封短信介绍你校图书馆的基本情况。内容须包括下面两幅图中的相关信息。
注意：1.词数100左右;
2.可以适当增减细节，以使行文连贯;
3.开头语已为你写好。
June 8
Dear Bob,
Thank you for your last letter asking about our library.
Best wishes,
Li Hua
(在试题卷上作答无效)
第 11 页 共 12 页2006湖南高考真题(英语)
第一部分：听力（共三节，满分３０分）
做听力部分时，请先在试题卷上作答。听力部分结束前，你将有两分钟的时间将第１至第１７小题的答案转涂到答题卡上，将第１８至第２０小题的答案转写到答题卡上。
第一节（共５小题；每小题１．５分，满分７．５分）
听下面５段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试题卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有１０秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
例：How much is the shirt
A.￡19.15. B.￡9.15. C.￡9.18.
答案是B。
1.Where will the man go for holiday
A.France. B.Egypt. C.Austna.
2.Why did the man make the phone call
A.His luggage was lost. B.His plane was late C.His office was looked
3.How much is a two-term course
A.550 B.590 C.5120
4.What does the man mean
A.He will not cook dinner. B.He isn’t good at cooking fish.
C.He prefers not to cook the fish.
5.When will the man probably nget to London
A.At 8 o’clock. B.At 9 o’clock. C.At 10 o’clock.
第二节（共１２小题；每小题1.5分，满分18分）
听下面4段对话。每段对话后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。并标在试题卷的相应位置。听每段对话前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话读两遍。
听下面一段对话，回答第6和第7两个小题。
6.What can we learn from the dialogue
A.The woman was badly hurt.
B.The car was tembly damaged.
C.The kids were seriously injured.
7.What was the woman thinking about
A.Gotting the car repaired.
B.Selling the damaged car.
C.Buying a second-hand car.
听下面一段对话，回答第8至第10三个小题。
8.What do we know about the man
A.He wrote three essays last week.
B.He went to the beach wath friends.
C.He drank late at a restaurant every night.
9.What did the woman do on Saturday
A.She drove with a friend. B.She watched movies.
C.She played tennis.
10.Which word can best describe the woman last week
A.Quet. B.Enioyable. C.Un table.
听下面一段对话，回答第11至第13三个小题。
11.On which day are the ticket ailable to the man
A.October 3. B.October 4. C.October 5.
12.How much will the man pay if be book the ticket
A.￡35. B.￡936. C.￡37.
13.What can be inferred about the man
A.He was angry with the wman.
B.He thought the price was reasonable.
C.He gave up the idea of booking the ticket.
听下面一段对话，回答第14至第17四个小题。
14.What is the relationship between the two　speakers
A.Writer and reader. B.Teacher and student.
C.Intervicwer and interviewee.
15.How long did it take Tina to write the story
A.A whole day. B.About two hours. C.Ninety minutes.
16.What do we know about the story
A.It’s about Fred. B.It’s about a party. C.It’s about success.
17.What can we learn about Tina
A.She has just been back from abroad..
B.She had a party for everyone in her street.
C.She won a writing competition unoapeetedly.
第三节（共３小题；每小题１．５分，满分4.5分）
听下面一段材料，将第18至第20三个小题的信息补充完整。每小题不超过三个单词。听材料前，你将有时间阅各个小题，每小题5秒钟，听完后，各小题将给出15秒钟的作答时间。本段材料读两遍。
第二部分：英语知识运用（共两节，满分４５分）
单词填空（共１５小题；每小题１分，满分１５分）
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
例：It is generally considered unwise to give a child__________ he or she wants.
A.however B.whatever C.whichever D.whenever
答案是B。
21.The wild flowers looked like a soft orange blanket__________ the desert.
A.covering B.coverod C.cover D.to cover
22.In___________ review off 44 studies,American researchers found that men and women who ate six key foods daily cut the risk of___________heart disease by 76%.
A.a; the B.the;a C.a;不填　　　　　　D.不填;a
23.A man cannot smile like a child,_________a child smiles with is eyes,while a man smiles with his lips alone.
A.so B.but C.and D.for
24.I was giving a talk to a targe group of people,the same talk I __________to half a dozen other groups.
A.was giving B.am giving C.had given D.have given
25.Fred,who had expected how it would go with his daughter,had a great worry________his mind.
A.on B.in C.with D.at
26.As the busiest woman in Norton,she made_________her duty to look after all the other people’s affairs in that town.
A.this B.that C.one D.it
27.________achievement,last week’s ministerial meeting of the WTO here camed a low,though not failing ,grade.
A.In terms of B.In ease of B.As a result of D.In face of
28.If you think that treating a woman well means always_______her permission for things,think again.
A.gets B.got C.to get D.gutting
29.Although she did not know Boston well,she made her way________ to the Home Cirele Building.
A.easy enough B.enough easy C.easily enough D.enough easily
30.We saw several natives advancing towards our party,and one of them came up to us.________we gave ome bells and glasses.
A.to which B.to whom C.with whom D.with which
31.I had just stepred out of the bathroom and was busily drying myself with a towel_________I heard the steps.
A.while B.when C.since D.after
32.Some aspeets of a pilot’s job__________be boring,and prilots often____________work at inconvenient hours.
A.can;have to B.may;can C.have to;may D.ought to;must
33. As the twentieth century came to a close ,the raw matenals for a great nstional literature were at hand,waiting___________.
A.to use B.to be used C.to have used D.to be using
34.With his work completed,the businessman stepped back to his seat,feeling pleased________be was a man of action.
A.which B.that C.what D.whether
35.In a room above the store,where a party__________,some workers were busily seeting the table.
A.was to be held B.has been held C.will be held D.is being held
第二节　　完型填空（共20小题;每小题1.5分，满分30分）
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36~55各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
I　returned to Abujs,the capital of Nigerin,after college gradvation.I had been there before my mother became a minister.
Two weeks Inter.I told my mother I was bored.She said.“Here’re the car keys.Go and buy some fruit.” 36 ,I jurnped into the car and speeded off.
Seeing me or rather my 37 ,a boy sprang up(跳起来). 38 to sell his banan is and peanuts.“Banana 300 naira.Peanut 200 naira!”
Looking at his bbinck-striped bananas,I 39 to 200 total for the fruit and nuts.
He 40 .I handed him a 500 naira note.He didn’t have 41 .So I told him not to worry.He was 42 and smiled a row of petfect teeth.
When.two weeks later.I 43 this same boy.I was more aware of my position in Nigerian soeicty.I should 44 this country as the son of a 45 .But it was hard to find pleasure in a place where it was so 46 to see a little boy who should have been in school selling frust.
“What’s up ”I asked.He answered in 47 English,“I…I no get money to buy book.”I took out two 500 naira notes.He looked around 48 before sticking his hand into the car 49 the bills.One thousand naira means a lot to a farnily that 50 only 50,000 cach year.
The next morning,security officers told me,“In this place,when you give a little,people think you’re a fountain of opportunity(机会).”
51 it’s right,but this happens everywhere in the world.I wondered if my little friend had actually used the money for 52 .
After six months’work in northern Nigeria,I returned and saw him again standing on the road.
“Are you in school now ”
He nodded.
A silence fell as we looked at each other,then I 53 what he wanted.I held out a 500 naira note.“Take this.”
He shook his head fiercely and stepped back 54 hurt.
“It’s a gift.”I said.
Shaking his head again,he handed me a basket of bananas and peanuts,“I’ve been waiting to 55 these to you.”
36.A.Encouraged B.Disappointed C.Delighted D.Confused
37.A.car B.mother C.drivet D.keys
38.A.willing B.afraid C.cager D.ashamed
39.A.got down B.bargained down C.put down D.look down
40.A.explained B.promised C.agreed D.admitted
41.A.change B.notes C.checks D.bills
42.A.troubled B.regretful C.comfortable D.graleful
43.A.ran after B.ran into C.ran over D.ran to
44.A.proteet B.enjoy C.help D.support
45.A.minister B.headmaster C.manager D.president
46.A.lucky B.amazing C.funny D.common
47.A.old B.broken C.traditional D.modern
48.A.proudly B.madly C.cunously D.nervously
49.A.for B.with C.at D.upon
50.A.spends B.pays C.makes D.affords
51.A.Possibly B.Actually C.Certainly D.Fortunately
52.A.joys B.nuts C.books D.bananas
53.A.asked B.unagined C.reminded D.realized
54.A.when B.as if C.even if D.after
55.A.send B.provide C.sell D.give
第三部分：阅读理解（共20小题；每小题２分，满分40分）
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
A NATIONWIDE BESTSELLER
It’s likely that everything you learned about.America’s ancient history is wrong.
The new book,1491,completely changes our understanding of the Amerieas before the arrival of Columbus in 1492.
DID YOU KNOW
When Columbus landed there were probably more people in the Americas than there were in Europe.
The peoples of North America had such healthy life-styles that as late as the 19th century they continued to be the tallest people on earth.
Facts have shown that the Amenicas were populated as long as 33,000 years ago.
4,000 years ago Mesoamerican famers developed com in a feat (技艺) of genetie engineering that still isn’t completely understood.
COMMENTS ON 1491
“In the tradition of Jared Diamond & John MePhee,a totally new view of precolunhian America”.
－Richard Rhodes
“Attrnctively written and really absorbing Charles C.Mann has produced a book that’s part detective story,part cpie(史诗)　and part tragedy(不幸).He has taken on a vast topic:thousands of years,two huge continents,and cultures.”
－Charles Matthews,San Jese Mercary News
“Powerful and challenging”
－Alan Taylor,Washingto post
“A pleasure to read as well as a wonderful education”
－Howard Zinn
56.On the whole,1491 is a book mainly about America’s________.
A.life-styles B.population C.history D.agrieulture
57.Which of the following as NOT TRUE about the comments on the book 1491
It is interesting and instructive.
It is attractive and culturally related.
It is challenging and revolutionary.
It is hurnorous and persuasive.
58.From this passage,we can learn_________.
A.people settled in the Amencas a little carlier than 1942
B.North Americans were the tallest in the 18th cenntry in the world
C.Mesoamencan farmers knew genclic engineering 5,000 years ago
D.the population in the Americas was smaller than that in Europe in 1492
B
For the first time in modern history,less than half of the U.S.adult population now reads literature,according to a recent survey.Reading at Risk A Survey of Lilerary Reading in America presents a detailed review of the decline of reading’s role in the nation’s culture.
Reading at Risk is a survey of national fashion in adult literary reading.The data souree for Reading at Risk is as reliable and objective(客观的)as any such survey can be.The key results of the survey are presented in the “Surnmary”,but the report can be further exploined as:literary teading in America is not only declining rapidly among all groups,but the rate of decling has been speeded up,especially among the young.Rcading at Risk merely shows a great cultural change that most Americans have already noted－our society’s great turn to clectronic media for entertainment and information.
Reading a book requires a degree of active attention and devotion.Indced,reading itself is a progressive skillo that depends on years of cducation nand practice.On the contrary,most electronic media such as television,recordings,and radio make fewer demands on their audiences,and indced require no more than passive participation.While oral culture has a rich reality and electronic media offer the commdenbic atteation of variety.print culture affords irreplaceable forms of focused and thought than make varicen communications and views possible.The deline in reading.thenfore ,equals a larger retreat(减少)from participation in public and culutural life.
What is to be done There is surely no single solution to the pretent problem.just as there is no single cause .The important thing now is to underwand that America can no longer take active and devoted reading for granted.
Reading is not a timeless,common ability.As more Americans love thus ability .out nation becomes less informed,active ,and independent minded .There are not speakeras that a free, inventive,or productive society can afford to love.
59.The main purpose of the survey is to _______.
A.focus on the role of electronic media ang reading
B.show that American young people read less and less
C.give a report of the national of literary reading
D.review that less that half of the population now reads litersture
60.According to the passage ,reading _______.
A.requires less attention and devotion
B.demsnds no more than passive participation
C.limits various communications and views
D.means active participation in pubnlic and cultural life
61.The underlined phrase “cultural chang”in Paragraph 2 refers to the change _______.
A.from oral culture to electronic media
B.from print culture to electronic to electronic media
C.from electronic media to oral
D.from electr onic media to print culture
62.The author of the passage ________.
A.misunderstands oral culture
B.doubts the Americans to read more
C.encourages the Americans to read more
D.agrees to the solution to present problem in reading
C
The coyote(丛林狼).that elever animal of wide-open space .has come to the nation’s captial.In fact ,coyotes have spread to every comer of the United States,changing their behaviors to fit new envioronments and causing researchers to deal with a troublesome new kind of creature:the city coyote.
The coyote originally lived in the middle of the continent.One of its most obvious characters is its smartness, which has made the animal a notorious（臭名昭著的） pest.Hunters trapped,shot and poisoned more than a million coyotes in the 1900s.It’s still one of America’s mosthunted animals. Yet the coyote has survived.How has the coyote shown this extraordinary ability ”I guess if you wanted to use one word,it’d be ‘plasticity’.”says Erie Gese,an expert at Utah State University. Coyotes can live alon, in pairs, or in large packs like wolves,hunt at night or during the day , occupy a small region or an area up to 40 square miles,and live on all sorts of food,from lizards（蜥蜴）and shoes, to ants and melons.
Unbelicvadly people helpcd coyotes increase when they kiltcd most of the wolves in the United States. The sprcdding of coyotes into city areas,though.is rccent.They travel at night,crossing sidcwalks and bridges.running atong roads and ducking into cuinerts (钻入 洞and underpasscs .No one knows why coyotes are maving into cities.but expertsexplaih that clevcter,more human-tolerant(不怕人的)coyotes are teaching urban survivalskills to new generations.
Occasionally.coyotes mighe attack human beings.There have been about 160 attacks on peoplc in reccnt years Therefore,people have bccn consistently told not feed coyotes or leave pct food unseeurcd.That ,plus a large trapping program in the neighborhood.has cur down on the coyote population.
63.The underlinged word “plasticity”in Paragraph 2refers to____________.
A.the ability to fit the environment B.notonous smartness
C.hunting ability D.being human-tolerant
64.The aim of the passage is to_____________.
A.tell pcople how to fight against coyotes
B.tell us why the coyote is the most hunted animal
C.supply the reason why the coyote is a kind of motorious pest
D.explain how the coyote has spread to and survived in cities
65.According to the passage,coyote__________.
A.originally lived in the west of the continent
B.sleep dung the day but look for food at night
C.are teaching survival skills to therr younger generations
D.suffered a population deerease because pcople killed wolves
66.According to the passage,to cut dowa on the coyolc population.people are advised to_______.
A.leave pct food secured B.keep coyotes in small regions
C.foree coyotes to live alone D.avond using trapping programs
D
The discovery of a dwarfed (矮个的)”human being” who lived in Flores .Indonesin .up to 18,000 years ago is changing the way we think about the human family .This “Flores Human”was three foot tall and her brain was smaller than that lf the average chimp (黑猩猩).yet she and her relatives apparently lived fully human lives .They seem to have made tools ,worked together to find food and cook it,and perhaps even hurried their dead with ceremony.
It was a major surprise to find tools associated with the new human family member .The tools are like those frmmerly seen only with European fossils (化石)from our own species;Homo sapiens (智人)；and the oldest of them were made 94,000years ago .Homo sapiens is thought to have amved in the island about 40,000 years ago ,much too late to be responsible for the tools .If this tiny human made the tools ,them the inside structure (结构)of its brain must have been more like our own than a chimp’s ,despite being just a third the size of ours.
This “new human” was suspected to be a dwarfed ranch of Homo erectus (直立人)。When creatures are separated in regions with rare resources but few enemies,being big is a disadvantage, and evolution tends to shrink them, aprocess known as island dwarfing.Could natural selection make a human smaller while keeping----even improving----mental ability Quite possibly, believes Christopher Wills of the University of California.
Has the “Flores Human” even shown the ability of language “I find it difficult to imagine that people could make tools.use fire ,and kill large animals without fairly advanced communication.” Wills says .Did “Flores Human” possess the basic components of human culture ---such as the burying of the dead with ceremony Emiliano Bruner of the Italian Institute points out that Indonesia’s hot,wet environment is bad for fossilization.It is reasonable to assume ,he says ,that the 18,000-year-old bones of the most complete Flores woman were well-preserved because she was buried with special care.
67.According to the passage , “Flores Human”______.
lived a partly human life
was a branch of Homo sapiens
used tools before Homo sapiens arrived
had a brain as a common chimp’s
68.The underlined part “this tiny human”in Paragraph 2 refers to _______.
A.a chimp . B.Flores Human
C.C.Homo sapiens D.Homo sapiens
69.This passage mainly talks about______.
the tools made by “Flores Human”
the language used by “Flores Human”
the evolution of “Flores Human”
D.the major surprising findings about “Flores Human”
70.According to the passage ,it is believed that “Flores Human”_______.
was dwarfed by its enemies
B.could use language
C.left a lot of fossils in hot and wet enviroment
D.reached Flores 40,000 years ago
E
Susan Sontag (1933----2004)was one of the most noticeable figures in the world of literature.For more than 40 years she made it morally necessary to know everything---to read every book worth reading ,to see every movie worth seeing .When she was still in her early 30s,publishing essays in such important magazines as Partisan Review, she appeared as the symbol of American culture life ,trying hard to follow every new development in literature, film and art .With great effort and serious judgement. Sontag walked at the latest edges of world culture.
Seriousness was one of Sontage’s lifelong watchwords(格言).but at a time when the barriers between the well-educated and the poor-educated were obvious,she argued for a true openness to the pleasure of pop culture.In “Notes Camp”,the 1964 essay that first made her name ,she explained what was then a little-known set of difficult understandings,
through which she could not have been more famous .“Notes on Camp”,she wrote,represents“a victory of ‘form’over‘content’,‘beauty’over‘morals’”.
By conviction（信念）she was a sensualist（感觉论者）, but by nature she was a moralist （伦理学者）,and in the works she published in the 1970s and 1980s , it was the latter side of her that came forward. In illness as Metaphor —published in 1978, after she suffered cancer—she argued against the idea that cancer was somehow a special problem of repressed personalities（被压抑的性格）, a concept that effectively blamed the victim for the disease. In fact , re-examining old positions was her lifelong lifelong habit.
In America,her story of a 19th century Polish actress who set up a perfect society in California, won the National Book Award in 2000.But it was as a tirelessm all-purposer cultural view that she made her lasting fame.“Sometimes,”she once said ,“I feel that, in the end, all I am really defending …is the idea of seriousness, of true seriousness.”And in the end ,she made us take it seriously too.
71.The underlined sentence in paragraph 1 means Sontag_________.
was a symbol of American cultural life
developed world literature,film and art
published many essays about world culture
kept pace with the newst development of world culture
72.She first won her name through ___________.
her story of a Polish actress
her book illness as Metaphor
publishing essays in magazines like partisan Review
her explanation of a set of difficult understankings
73.According to the passage,Susan Sontag__________.
was a sensualist as well as a moralist
looked down upon the pop culture
thought content was more important than form
blamed the victim of cancer for being repressed
74.As for Susan Sontag’s lifelong habit , she __________.
misunderstood the idea of seriousness
re-examined old positions
argued for an openess to pop culture
preferred morals to beauty
75.Susan Sontag’s lasting fame was made upon___________-.
A.a tireless, all-purpose cultural view
B.her lifelong watchword ：seriousness
C.publishing books on morals
D.enjoying books worth reading and movies worth seeing
第四部分：书面表达（共两节，满分10分）
第一节 填空（共10小题：每小题1分，满分10分）
阅读短文，根据所读内容在文后76~85的空格里填上适当的单词或短语，并将答案转席写到答题卡上。
注意：每空不超过3个单词。
Puality after-school programs are designed to improve academic performance,decrease youth crimes and other high-risk be4haviors,and help young people grow into healthy,successful adulis.
The effect of quality after-school programs on academic performance is clear.Studies show that students who take part in such programs show better woek habits,higher rates of homework completion ,improved grades , and higher scores on achievement tests.They also have fewer absences and are liss likely to blame.After-school progrome also influemce high-risk teen behavior.Various studies show decreased rates of crime ,drug use ,and teen sex among youth who join in well-run after-school proframs when compared to similar youth who do not .Finally ,after-school p0rograms play sn important role in supporting the following fields of development,mental development and social development.Thus , one can safely say that after-school programming is an effective method to help young people become contributing members of society.
Although there is enough proof from both smsll and large assessments that after-school programs can make a positive difference,it is important to note that not all programs are equal .First ,dosage（时量）matters —young people who attend the most hours over the most years benefit more than members who attend less often or over a shorter period of time.Next ,after-school programs make a bigger difference for those students who need help most and have the fewest choices.Finally,program qualities mattir .After-school programs work best when they create uneqque opportunities for youth.They should provide opportunities ,skill building meanignful involvement（参与）,expression suggestion,service,and work.Staff characteristics make an important difference in the quality of a program.The adults should treat youth as partners ,create safe and fair environment,encourage personalized（个性化的）involvement,and actively create learning opportunities.In short, although after-school programs have promising future,how they are designed and tun matters.
Title 76.QualityAfter-school Program
写作（满分25分）
请根据下面的英文短诗，展开适当的想象，写一篇短文。
标题为：My Teacher Mr Moore
There’s a teacher Mr .Moore.
Who is lovely and therty-four.
Always dncouraging us to try.
He leads us to a world of“why”.
We all admire him more and more.
注意：
不得照抄短诗原文。
必须结合短诗的内容，发挥想象，适当展开。
必须突出短诗的主题，结构完整，语意连贯。
短文不能写成诗歌形式。
词数：120左右。
One possible version：
Of all my teachers,Mr. Moore is the one who impresses me most.,Though he is 34,he looks very young for hes age.And he’s one of the most popular teachers in our school.
Compared with other teachers ,Mr.Moore pays more attention to his way of tenching .He tries various ways to make his classes lively and interesting .In his opinion,we should not only know “what”, but also understand “why”.So ,instead of giving us answers immediately ,he encourage us to thenk by ourselves whenever he puts forward questions.With his help.we’ve learned how to analyze and settle problem.What a wonderful world of “why”he leads us to!
He is such a learned person that we all admire hem very much.
答案:1—5：AABCB 6—10：BCAAB 11—15：ABCCB
16—17：CC 18：new hands 19:Writing and typing 20:fun
21—25：ACDCA 26—30：DADCB 31—35：BABBA
36—40：CACBC 41—45：ADBBA 46—50：DBDAC
51—55：ACDBD
56—58：CDB 59—62：CDBC
63—66：ADCA 67—70：CBDB
71—75：DDABA2006年高考试题上海卷英语听力试题
Listening comprehension
　　Part A Short Conversations
　　1. -Were you here on March 5th
　　-Mm, not really. In fact I arrived three days later.
　　Q: When did the woman arrive
　　2. -Is this the Eastern Airline check-in
　　-Yes. Can I see your ticket, please
　　Q: Where does the conversation probably take place
　　3. -What did you do on the beach
　　-You know, made sand castles that sort of things, and hunted for shells.
　　Q: What are the two speakers probably talking about
　　4. -Paul, are you taking the bus or the underground to your office
　　-My doctor suggests I walk, not even cycle.
　　Q: How will the man go to his office
　　5. -Would you like to go to the movies with me this evening？
　　-I’d love to. But I’m just getting over the flue.
　　Q: What will the woman probably do this evening？
　　6. -Yes, madam. What seems to be the problem
　　-I’d like to report a robbery. It’s my car. It’s been stolen.
　　Q: What’s probably the man’s occupation
　　7. -Would you like to go to the ballet next Friday I’ve got two tickets.
　　-Oh, that sounds like fun.
　　Q: How does the woman feel
　　8. -What about going for a bike-ride It stopped rain ( http: / / yule. / s2006 / Rian / " \t "_blank )ing half an hour ago.
　　-But the road might still be wet.
　　Q: What does the woman mean
　　9. -How many more cups should we get for the picnic
　　-Don’t we have enough by now
　　Q: What does the man imply
　　10. -Have you completed your assignment
　　-My computer isn’t affected with a virus.
　　Q: What does the man imply
　　Part B Passages
　　5 years ago, I had to make a big decision. At that time, I was working for a small engineering company. However, thing were not going very well for the company and it was losing money. One day, the boss told us that the company was out of business. We were all unemployed. That lunch time we went to the pub as usual. We were all very depressed. While of course, we talked about the problem. Then the landlord of the pub heard the news. He said, “Why don’t you buy the company.” At first we all laughed and then we started to discuss it properly. We knew the problems. The company had lost a lot of customers because it hadn’t developed new products, but finally we decided to go for it. So we bought the company. The first few years were very difficult. But we worked hard and we had a bit of luck. We began to improve 3 years ago. Since then we have done pretty well. Last years we took on 4 new people. And so far this year we have taken on another ten.
　　11. Who bought the company that was out of business
　　12. When did the company start to employ new people
　　13. What did the story mainly tell us
　　Now it’s 8:00, time for the educational report. GCSE is the British exam taken by the students in England and Wales around the age of 16. Recently researchers at university have confirmed the doubt of many parents and employers that some GCSEs are easier than others, despite official claims that each subject is equally difficult. The researchers found that sciences and modern languages were the hardest GCSEs to do well in. Chemistry ranked the hardest of the major subjects followed by physics and French. They also found that regardless of the ability students were more likely to gain good grades in easier subjects than in chemistry or French. Drama was the easiest GCSE to do well in, followed by physics education, media studies, English, English literature and religions studies. The number of test takers in physical education and religious studies rose faster than in any other subjects last year. More than 144,000 pupils set GCSEs in physical education last summer, an increase of 7.5 percent, and 147,500 took the religious studies exam, arise of 4.6%. However, it was the problem for the country if pupils avoided hard subjects. Fewer peoples would go on to study languages or sciences at A level and university. Even though they were important to Britain’s future development.
　　14 What is the most difficult subject according to the research
　　15 How many pupils took the test of physical education last year
　　16 What does the report mainly tell us about the GCSEs.
　　Part C Dialogues
　　(一)
　　W: Hello, Yellow Cab Service, can I help you
　　M: Yes, I’d like to book a taxi.
　　W: May I know your name, Sir
　　M: Yes, it’s John Smith.
　　W: John Smith. When would you like your taxi
　　M: Tuesday, June 8th, I’m leaving very early in the morning.
　　W: Where to, sir
　　M: To the airport.
　　W: When shall we meet you then
　　M: 99 Chemis street, near Collington Restaurant.
　　W: What time world you like us to meet you
　　M: 5:30
　　W: 5:30, June 8th, OK. Could you leave your telephone number
　　M: Yes, it’s 54229738.
　　W: OK. I’ve got it. Thank you for calling us.
　　Compete the form; write one word for each answer.
　　(二)
　　-Hello, front desk.
　　-Yes.
　　-This is Mitaly Tridow in Room 504.
　　-Well, yes. How can I help you, Miss Tridow
　　-I want to take a shower, but there is no hot water.
　　-I can’t understand that. Have you turned the handle all the way to the right
　　-I’ve been trying to get hot water for 10 minutes. It’s freezing cold.
　　-Well, a lot of people take showers before breakfast. Maybe if you wait a while, it’ll heat up again.
　　-Wait I have three appointments this morning, and I also have to wash and dry my hair.
　　-Your shower has absolutely no hot water
　　-No, none.
　　-I will send someone up right way.
　　-Who will that be
　　-The engineer. He is responsible for maintaining all the buildings. He will be there within 2 minutes.
　　-OK. But don’t send anyone for 5 minutes. I need to get dressed.
　　Compete the form; write no more than 3 words for each answer.
　　
PAGE
42006年普通高校招生统考(四川卷)英语
第一卷
第一部分 听力（共两节，满分30分）
　做题时，先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后，你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上的答案转涂到答题卡上。
第一节（共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分）
　听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
例：How much is the shirt
A.￡19.15. B.￡9.15. C.￡9.18.
答案是B。
1.How much will the man pay for the tickets
A.￡7.5. B.￡15. C.￡50.
2.Which is the right gate for the man’s flight
A.Gate 16. B.Gate 22. C.Gate 25.
3.How does the man feel about going to school by bike
A.Happy. B.Tired. C.Worried.
4.When can the woman get the computers
A.On Tuesday. B.On Wednesday. C.On Thursday.
5.What does the woman think of the shirt for the party
A.The size is not large enough.
B.The material is not good.
C.The color is not suitable.
第二节（共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分）
　听下面5段对话。每段对话后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。
6.What can we learn about Mr.Brown
A.He is in his office.
B.He is at a meeting.
C.He is out for a meal.
7.What will the man probably do next
A.Call back.
B.Come again.
C.Leave a message.
听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。
8.What kind of room does the man want to take
A.A single room. B.A double room. C.A room for three.
9.What does the man need to put in the form
A.Telephone and student card numbers.
B.Student card number and address.
C.Address and telephone number.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
10.What is the relationship between the speakers
A.Fellow clerks.
B.Boss and secretary.
C.Customer and salesperson.
11.What does the man like about his job
A.Living close to the office.
B.Chances to go abroad.
C.Nice people to work with.
12.What do we know about the woman
A.She likes traveling.
B.She is new to the company.
C.She works in public relations.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
13.When will the visitors come
A.In March. B.In April. C.In May.
14.How many visitors are coming
A.8. B.10. C.12
15.What will the visitors do on the second day
A.Go to a party.
B.Visit schools.
C.Attend a lecture.
16.Where will the visitors go on the final day
A.To London.
B.To Scotland.
C.To the coast.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
17.What is the first word the baby tried to say
A.Truck. B.OK. C.Duck.
18.How old was the baby when he learned to say that word correctly
A.About 18 months.
B.About 21 months.
C.About 24 months.
19.What did the father do when the baby screamed that word at the airport
A.He corrected the baby.
B.He tried to stop the baby.
C.He hid himself somewhere.
20.Why did the mother pretend not to know the baby
A.She got angry with the father.
B.She was frightened by the noise.
C.She felt uneasy about the noisy baby.
第二部分 英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）
第一节 语法和词汇知识（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
例：The chairman thought necessary to invite Professor Smith to speak at the meeting.
A.that B.it C.this D.him
21.- What a beautiful picture you’ve drawn!
A.Not at all. B.Thank you.
C.You’re great. D.I’m proud of you.
22.Look at the timetable.Hurry up! Flight 4026 off at 18:20.
A.takes B.took
C.will be taken D.has taken
23.-Mom,what did your doctor say
-He advised me to live the air is fresher.
A.in where B.in which
C.the place where D.where
24.Start out right away, you’ll miss the first train.
A.and B.but C.or D.while
25.-The boss said we had only three days to finish the work.
-Don’t worry.We have already two thirds of it.
A.got down B.got through
C.given in D.given away
26.The Chinese are proud of the 29th Olympic Games in Beijing in 2008.
A.hold B.holding C.held D.to be held
27.-Did you enjoy yourself at the party
-Yes.I’ve never been to one before.
A.a more excited B.the most excited
C.a more exciting D.the most exciting
28.At the foot of the mountain .
A.a village lie B.lies a village
C.does a village lie D.lying a village
29.-Can he take charge of the computer company
-I’m afraid it’s his ability.
A.beyond B.within C.of C.to
30.-It’s thirty years since we last met.
-But I still remember the story,believe it or not, we got lost on a rainy night.
A.which B.that C.what D.when
31.Of all the books on the desk, is of any use for our study.
A.nothing B.no one C.neither D.none
32.-Is Jack on duty today
-It be him.It’s his turn tomorrow.
A.mustn’t B.won’t C.can’t D.needn’t
33. with so much trouble,we failed to complete the task on time.
A.Faced B.Face C.Facing D.To face
34.-Do you mind my smoking her
A.No,thanks. B.No. Good idea.
C.Yes,please. D.Yes.Better not.
35.-Why didn’t you tell him about the meeting
-He rushed out of the room I could say a word.
A.before B.until C.when D.after
第二节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）
阅读下面短文，从短文后所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
One day,Raul was miles away from the small ranch（牧场） house in a large valley. 36 seemed to be all right,yet he felt strange and somewhat uneasy.The wind had picked up,and angry,dark clouds 37 across the sky. He could smell the rain coming.And it did. 38 ,the lightning flashed through the clouds,nearly 39 Raul.The thunder（雷声） was so loud that he buried his 40 in his hands and rubbed his eyes.Then he heard it. Hoofbeats（蹄声）.He 41 .There before him stood a tall, white 42 . An old man stared down at him from its back.
“Wh-wh-who are y-y-you ” asked Raul.“My name is Gray Cloud,” the old man answered 43 .“Come with me.”
Raul followed on his horse. A 44 feeling came over him.All 45 them the rain was pouring down, 46 not a drop fell on them. They seemed to be 47 back toward Raul’s home.Raul lost track of time.Then all at once he found 48 at the ranch gate.The old man turned his horse, 49 his hand, and smiled. Lightning flashed again. The old man and his horse were 50 .
Raul’s father ran out across the yard to 51 him.“we have been 52 sick about you. Are you okay Hurry.Let’s get in out of the 53 .”
“Wait,” said Raul. “Have you ever heard of an old man called Gray Cloud ”
“Can’t say I … wait. I 54 my great-grandfather used to tell storied about a man called Gray Cloud. He died a long time ago. They say he was 55 by lightning during a terrible thunderstorm. Why do you ask ”
36. A.Something B.Everything
C.Anything D.Nothing
37.A.dropped B.fell C.rolled D.covered
38.A.Suddenly B.Strongly C.Quickly D.Hardly
39.A.beating B.blinding C.burning D.touching
40.A.nose B.hair C.neck D.head
41.A.looked up B.woke up
C.lay down D.sat down
42.A.tiger B.horse C.lion D.elephant
43.A.lazily B.angrily C.coldly D.slowly
44.A.natural B.common C.strange D.bad
45.A.around B.beside C.through D.above
46.A.yet B.for C.so D.or
47.A.walking B.leading C.heading D.returning
48.A.them B.themselves C.him D.himself
49.A.shook B.waved C.held D.took
50.A.gone B.left C.followed D.lost
51.A.see B.meet C.beat D.ask
52.A.waited B.thought C.worried D.excited
53.A.yard B.wind C.grass D.rain
54.A.believe B.consider C.doubt D.forget
55.A.defeated B.caught C.damaged D.struck
第三部分 阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分）
阅读下列5篇短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
I was the middle child of three, but there was a gap of five years on either side, and I hardly saw my father before I was eight. For this and other reasons I was somewhat lonely. I had the lonely child’s habit of making up stories and holding conversations with imaginary persons, and I think from the very start my literary ambitions（文学志向） were mixed up with the feeling of being isolated（孤独） and undervalued. I knew that I had a natural ability with words and a power of facing unpleasant facts, and I felt that this created a sort of private world in which I could get my own back for my failure in everyday life.
However, the quantity of serious writing which I produced all through my childhood would not add up to half a dozen pages. I wrote my first poem at the age of four or five, my mother taking it down to dictation. I cannot remember anything about it except that it was about a tiger and the tiger had “chair-like teeth” - a good enough expression. At eleven, when the war of 1914-18 broke out, I wrote a poem which was printed in the local(地方的） newspaper, as was another, two years later, on the death of Kitchener. From time to time, when I was a bit older, I wrote bad and usually unfinished “nature poems”. I also, about twice, attempted a short story which was a failure. That was the total of the would-be serious work that I actually set down on paper during all those years.
56.The underlined word“it” in paragraph 2 refers to .
A.the quantity of serious writing
B.the writer’s first poem
C.the writer’s childhood
D.the tiger in the poem
57.From the text, we learn that as a little boy the writer .
A.had no playmates
B.showed his gift for writing
C.put out lots of poems and stories
D.got his first poem published in 1916
58.What can be inferred about the writer
A.He was least favoured in his family.
B.He had much difficulty in talking with others.
C.He had an unhappy childhood for lack of care.
D.His loneliness resulted in his interest in writing.
B
Welcome to Ontario Parks, a new body set up to manage Ontario’s most treasured special places, the parks in our area.
We are entering a very exciting year for Ontario Parks. Last season we asked some 15,000 visitors in 45 parks how we could improve our programs and services. We also looked at the thousands of comment cards we received. As a result, new comfort stations have been added, the number of campsites has been increased, and we’ve made other fzcility（设施） improvements. In addition, we’ll be providing more educational programs. This year, for example, more than 40 parks will offer special day and evening activities to excite your curiosity about nature and history.
Through the Internet, you’ll be happy to know that you can now explore all 270 parks on line. Let your family plan your park vacation, study a map of canoe routes, listen to the call of a loon or find up-to-date information about programs, services and facilities.
So come and discover what Ontario Parks has to offer. Our parks are places to go with families and friends, for relaxation and fun, or simply to get away from it all. They are places where we can enrich our souls and “recharge our internal（内部的） batteries”. They provide chances to explore nature, see wildlife, swim, canoe, camp, hike, picnic, ride a bike… You’ll enjoy some of the best outdoor experiences available anywhere in the world.
We urge you to make 2006 the year that you come out and have an Ontario Parks experience!
59.The writer’s purpose in writing the text is to .
A.tell more people the improvements in Ontario Parks
B.attract more people to explore the parks on line
C.praise the beauty of nature in Ontario Parks
D.have more people visit the parks
60.The facility improvements of Ontario Parks include .
A.new programs and services
B.new comfort stations and campsites
C.comfort stations and special activities
D.new campsites and educational programs
61.From paragraph 4, we know that Ontario Parks offers visitors .
A.the world’s new sports and games
B.the most exciting adventures in the world
C.many choices to relax and refresh themselves
D.chances to experience all the outdoor activities
62.According to the text, we can safely say that .
A.some visitors suggested more campsites
B.about 15,000 people visited 45 parks last season
C.many more people will visit Ontario Parks in 2006
D.the manager of Ontario Parks worries they will have fewer visitors
C
Juanito Estrella has been a housekeeping manager on the US-based large passenger ship Carnival Spirit for 18 months and feels he has found the suitable position in his career(职业).He has always wanted to travel.“I guess I am a really restless spirit.I Iike traveling,so when the chance came,I jumped at it,”he says.
The chance came in the form of a newspaper advertisement for work on cruise ships（游船）.At the time Estrella was the housekeeping manager at a Melbourne hotel.He applied and,after two interviews,a medical check and police clearance,the job was his.
Estrella is responsible(负责的)for the cleanliness of the ship,making sure that 160 crew work properly.“I enjoy it because there is no other work-you wake up each day in a different place and a different cnlture.It’s exciting when you go to the next country and you don’t understand the language,”he says.
Estrella likes being busy and getting to know people from all over the world.The 1,000 crew come from 94 countries,and Estrella has learnt Spanish and a little Croatian.
But there is a downside .“You cannot get really drunk...because you have safety responsibilities to yourself and others,”he says.“You don’t really think about home.You start tothink about home only when you get closer to your vacation and wonder what you’ll be doing.”
Lite on the ship is anything but cruising.Estrella and his fellows work at least 10 hours a day,seven days a week.He warns the job is not for everybody.“You have to love being busy and be prepared to work every day-and to give up drinking too much alcohol.”In his spare time,if the ship sails into a port,Estrella explores it,otherwise he works out in the crew’s gym,goes on the internet or calls home.
63.What do we know about Estrella
A.He is very fond of traveling.
B.He doesn’t drink wine now.
C.He cannot speak a foreign language.
D.He used to be a housekeeping manager.
64.The underlined word“downside”in paragraph 5 probably means .
A.disappointment B.disadvantage C.failure D.loss
65.Which of the following is true
A.Estrella doesn’t often feel homesick because of his work.
B.The work on the ship is not suitable for a married person.
C.Estrella can find no other job except the one on the ship.
D.The people on the ship are from 94 countries.
66.In the last paragraph.the writer thinks that life on the ship is .
A.not a tiring journey at all B.just an interesting voyage
C.far from a voyage for pleasure D.more than a pleasant travel by sea
D
EAT YOUR VEGETABLES.Wash your hands.Always say “please”and“thank you”.We are full of advice for our children,but when it comes to money,we often have little to say.As a result,our children may grow up with clean hands and good manners,but without any idea how tomanage their money.
Here are some basics that will help guide them their entire lives：
Show them the future.If your 13-year-old girl were to save $1.000,invest(投资)it at 8% and add $100 every month,by the time she’s 65,she would have $980,983!
Be careful of credit(信用).Credit cards can help you buy necessary things and build a credit history,but they must be used responsibly,which means paying off your debt in time.Explain to your children that when you buy something using a credit card,you can easily end up paying two or three times what you would have paid if you used cash.
Teach patience.Suppose your child wants a new bicycle that costs $150.Rather than paying the cash,give him some regular pocket money and explain that by putting aside,say,$15 each week,he will be able to buy it for himself in only ten weeks.
Provide incentive.Tell your children the importance of saving.“For every dollar he or she agrees to save and invest rather than spend,you agree to add another dollar to the pot,”says Cathy Pareto,expert in money planning.
Explain your values.Values and money are deeply intertwined,says Eilleen Gallo,co-author of The Financially Intelligent Parent.When your child demands that you buy something,explain why you really don’t want to buy it.“You might say,‘I’d rather save that money for your education,’”advises Gallo.Every time you spend or don’t spend money,you have a chance to share your values.
67.The writer gives some basics to help in a proper way.
A.parents teach their children how to deal with money
B.children follow their parents’instructions
C.children manage their money
D.parents save their money
68.The writer thinks that,if a child wants to buy something,his parents should .
A.give him some regular pocket money
B.encourage him to put money away for it
C.explain to him the importance of investment
D.tell him to save some money by using a credit card
69.The underlined word“incentive”in paragraph 6 means .
A.honor B.praise C.excitement D.encouragement
70.What leads the writer to write this article
A.Parents want to know how to educate their children.
B.He wants to share his good ideas about money matters.
C.He thinks money management the most important for children.
D.Parents care Iittle about their children’s management of money.
E
Instead of hitting the beach.fourteen high school students traded swimming suits for lab coats last summer and turned their attention to scientific experiments.
The High School Research Program offers high school students guidance with researchers in Texas A&M’s College of Agriculture and Life Sciences.Jennifer Funkhouser,academic adviser for the Department of Rangeland Ecology and Management,dirests this four-week summer program designed to increase understanding of research and its career potential(潜能）。
Several considerations go into selecting students,including grades,school involvement and interest in science and agriculture.And many students come from poorer school districts,Funkhouser says.“This is their chance to learn techniques and do experiments they never would have a chance to do in high school.
Warner Ervin of Houston is interested in animal science and learned how to tell male from female mosquitoes(蚊子）.His adviser,Craig Coates,studies the genes of mosquitoes that allow them to fight against malaria and yellow fever.Coates thought this experience would be fun and helpful to the high school students.
The agricultural research at A&M differs from stereotypes.It’s“molecular(分子)science on the cutting edge,”Funkhouser says.The program broadened students’knowledge.Victor Garcia of Rio Grande City hopes to become a biology teacher and says he learned a lot about chemistry from the program.
At the end of the program,the students presented papers on their research.They’re also paid $600 for their work-another way this program differs from others,which often charge a fee.
Fourteen students got paid to learn that science is fun,that agriculture is a lot more than milking and plowing and that research can open many doors.
71.The research program is chiefly designed for .
A.high school advisers from Houston
B.college students majoring in agriculture
C.high school students from different places
D.researchers at the College of Agriculture and Life Sciences
72.It can be inferred from the text that the students in poorer areas .
A.had little chance to go to college
B.could often take part in the program
C.found the program useful to their future
D.showed much interest in their high school experiments
73.When the program was over,the students .
A.entered that college B.wrote research reports
C.paid for their research D.found way to make money
74.The underlined expression“on the cutting edge”in paragraph 5 means“on the most position”.
A.important B.favourable
C.astonishing D.advanced
75.What would be the best title for the text
A.A Program for Agricultural Science Students
B. A Program for Animal Science Students
C. A Program for Medical Science Lovers
D. A Program for Future Science Lovers
英语
第二卷
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分35分）
第一节 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断：如无错误，在该行右边横线上画一个勾（√）；如有错误（每行只有一个错误），则按下列情况改正：
此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线（＼）划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线划掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
When our six children were young，suppertime is always
76.
being interrupted by neighborhood children ring the bell.
77.
They wanted one child or another to come out and played.
78.
Finally we had good idea. We hung a sign on the front
79.
door that was read：“We’re having e back
80.
later.” That night，we sat down to what they thought would
81.
be a pleasant，uninterrupted meals. But as soon as we
82.
began dinner，the doorbell rang. On the front door stood a
83.
five-year-old boy from across the street. He looked up
84.
at us and said，“I just want to know what the sign say.”85.
第二节 书面表达（满分25分）
假设你是李华，你的新西兰笔友Nick将于八月来四川旅游，特来信询问有关旅游景点情况。请根据下表所提供的要点，写一封回信，并表示盼望他的到来。
注意：1.词数100左右，信的格式及开头已为你写好（不计入总词数）。
2.可根据内容要点适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
3.参考词汇：
省份-province
海子-lake
都江堰水利工程-Dujiangyan Irrigation Project
Dear Nick,
I’m glad to hear that you′re coming to Sichuan in August.
Yours sincerely,
Li Hua
英语参考答案
选择题答案（1-75）
1.B 2.C 3.A 4.A 5.C 6.C 7.A
8.A 9.C 10.A 11.B 12.B 13.A 14.B
15.B 16.C 17.A 18.B 19.B 20.C 21.B
22.A 23.D 24.C 25.B 26.D 27.C 28.B
29.A 30.B 31.D 32.C 33.A 34.D 35.A
36.B 37.C 38.A 39.B 40.D 41.A 42.B
43.D 44.C 45.A 46.A 47.C 48.D 49.B
50.A 51.B 52.C 53.D 54.A 55.D 56.B
57.B 58.D 59.D 60.B 61.C 62.A 63.A
64.B 65.A 66.C 67.A 68.B 69.D 70.D
71.C 72.C 73.B 74.D 75.D
第四部分：
第一节：
When our six children were young，suppertime is always 76.was
being imterrupted by meighborhood children ring the bell. 77.ringing
They wanted one child or another to come out and played. 78.play
Finally we had good idea.We hung a sign on the front 79.a
door that was read：“We’re having e back 80.was
later.'That night，we sat down to what they thought would 81.we
be a pleasant,uninterrupted meals. But as soon as we 82.meal
began dinner,the doorbell rang. On the front door stood a 83.At
five-year-old boy from across the street. He looked up 84√
at us and said，“I just want to know what the sign say.” 85.says
第二节：
One possible version
Dear Nick,
I’m glad to hear that you’re coming to Sichuan in August. You’ve made the wise choice to travel here. Sichuan Province is rich in tourist attractions and enjoys many world-famous places of interest, such as Jiuzhaigou and Dujiangyan Irrigation Projcet.
Jiuzhaigou is well known for its beautiful lakes,of which the water is clear and looks colorful. It can excite visitors’ imagination. Another attraction is Dujiangyan Irrigation Project. It was built over 2,000 years ago and is still playing an important part in irrigation today. Besides, the nice weather and convenient transportation here can make your trip more enjoyable. I’m sure you’ll have a good time.
Ｉ’m looking forward to your coming.
Yours sincerely,
Li Hua2006年全国高考英语不含听力卷语言能力追踪分析
2006年高考刚刚紧张地度过，许多的老师和同学又在紧锣密鼓的关注着今年的英语考了些什么，在语言点上和实际分析能力上都侧重了些什么，就这些问题，我们在本文中试作一些追踪分析，以期对于2007届的高考复习，能起一些抛砖引玉之作用。
一．词性考查—-基础知识灵活应用
从2006年全国高考试题英语不含听力卷可以看出，在词性考查点方面，今年的试题侧重点有：
名词、数词 冠词 形容词、副词 代词 连词 行为动词 情态动词 介词
语法和词汇知识 / 1 2 1 1 4 1 1
完型填空 1 / 7 / 1 8 / /
短文改错 / 1 2 1 1 2 / 1
最近几年来在语言点上的考查，以实词考查为主，虚词较次。从表中可显示，在今年的全国高考英语不含听力卷中也体现了这点。其中，动词考查依然是整套试卷中的重头戏。在语法和词汇知识大题中，考查了情态动词can的用法， 来看试题：
10. We hope that as many people as possible ________ join us for the picnic tomorrow.
A. need B. must C. should D. can
本题答案D。 在这个试题中，can仅仅考查它最普通最基础的方面， 即：“能，会”之意。
行为动词方面在以往的高考试题中比重较大，今年也不例外。在该大题中，考查了动词时态2个（一个过去完成时，一个一般现在时），非谓语动词作状语1个，动词词义及用法区别1个, 我们来看看：
12. John, a friend of mine, who got married last week, spent ,000 more than he_______ for the wedding.
A. will plan B. has planned C. would plan D. had planned
本题答案D。 这道试题的难度小，对语境稍作分析和对关键时间词或标志词（last week, got ）的把握就可以得出考查过去完成时。
20. As you can see, the number of cars on our roads_______ rising these days.
A. was keeping B. keep C. keeps D. were keeping
本题答案C。 只要对语境正确分析和理解时间标志词（as you can see, these days），其迷惑性也不大。
纵向比较一下，2005年全国高考试题不含听力卷在语法和词汇知识一大题中，考查了一个情态动词must( 第19题)，试题难度和语境设置上要稍稍比今年大。但也考了两个时态：一道现在进行时（第7题），一道一般将来时（第8题）试题的难度和今年也持平。另外，时态考查没有与上年重复。
在动词非谓语上的考查，今年在该大题里出现了1道即第17题：
17. We often provide our children with toys, footballs or basketballs,_______ that all like these things
A. thinking B. think C. to think D. thought
本题答案A。 考查非谓语中现在分词作状语的情况。本试题在设计提干方面，可以说，迷惑性也不大。在和去年非谓语动词考点对比看来， 也侧重在现在分词上：2005年全国不含听力卷这个考点设计在第17、第20道小题中。
今年表现突出的另一类实词的考查，要算形容词和副词了。上表中显示，在今年的不含听力卷试题中，形容词和副词的考查分布情况：语法和词汇知识2道，即：第8题和第14题；完型填空7道，即：第22、23、25、34、35、37和39题。在同一大题中对同一个语言点考查的密集程度，这在近几年来都是少见的（2005年全国不含听力卷完型填空中出现4道，2004年全国高考出现了5道）。

二.句法结构考查—-结合语境分析成分
从2006年全国高考不含听力卷上，在句法结构方面，更多的突出考查一些常用而且容易辨别的句型。具体分布列表显示：
名词从句 特殊句型 强调句型 定语从句 状语从句
语法和词汇知识 1 3 1 / 1
完型填空 / / / 1 /
短文改错 / / / /
在语法和词汇知识一题中，名词性从句设置在第16题：
16.-- What did your parents think about your decision
-- They always let me do ______ I think I should.
A. when B. that C. how D. what
答案D，what 引起的从句作do的宾语。在结构上较为明显。
这道大题中的特殊句型侧重在：省略句（第6题）、反意疑问句（第7题）、it形式主语（第11题）。
6.—Will you be able to finish your report today
-- _____________.
A. I like it B. I hope so C. I will do so D. I ‘d love it
本题答案B，在省略句中，so可以代替前文重复出现的内容。
7. We forgot to bring our tickets, but please let us enter,_________
A. do you B. can we C. will you D. shall we
本题答案C。本题考查的是祈使句中一组特殊的反意问句：let us... , will you 和let’s... , shall we
11. It is no ______ arguing with Bill because he will never change his mind.
A. use B. help C. time D. way
本题答案A，本题是在it is no+ 名词+Ving的结构上考查了名词区别，
而纵向来看，与2005年全国高考不含听力卷相比较，在语法和词汇知识一题中，考查了状语从句（第9题）、名词性从句（第11题）倒装句型（第16题），而今年在倒装上没有出现。

三．完型填空—-逻辑语法两侧重
可以说，完型最能考查学生的语言能力。应对完型试题要有两方面的能力即：1）、全文语篇逻辑理解；2）、牢固的语法基础知识。
2006年全国高考试题不含听力卷的这篇完型填空以叙事体裁形式，选取大学生远离父母读书思家心切的题材，通过细腻文笔描写作者当初借助于那些奇怪的postcards上的消息，而得以摆脱想家的痛苦心情。思想性和可读性极强。就选材而言，完型填空更多趋向于叙事体或故事，这些文章有多半属于一些专注于描写情感方面的文章为主。比如2005年全国高考试题不含听力卷完型试题就选取一篇反映邻里关系描写的文章。再比如2004年全国卷II也是类似。
在语言点上，今年的完型除了较多地在形容词和副词方面设空，还涉及到：定语从句（第21小题），非谓语动词（第26、27、32小题），连词（第28小题），动词区别（根据上下文逻辑）（第30、31和40 小题）以及不定代词（第33小题）。
由上面对今年考题的分析，同学们在完型填空解题技巧上，除了要有坚实的语言知识，还要有一定的语篇理解能力和逻辑判断力。

四．阅读理解---广泛猎取，狠抓信息词关键句
今年不含听力卷的阅读理解试题总体难度不大，选材广泛。其中A篇阅读理解以第一人称陈述一位朋友在以色列（Israel）短暂停留时发生的故事，语言朴质地道，似朋友间讲旧事那样的语气。而平淡的文字中，又描写了一件很巧合之事：我的朋友Emma闲暇间， 向café馆的朋友借了一本书，偶尔一次翻看时，居然发现自己的亲笔书写的地址姓名居然在里面。顺着此事才回忆起以前的一件事来。。。。在选材上作者立足一个小点，描写生活和情感。B篇阅读理解属于对历史事件的简单罗列，考查考生快速阅读技能。可以说，对这种文章的解题，更应该狠抓信息词，在尽可能短的时间完成这样的阅读。这篇阅读理解全部设计了细节理解题，可以说，考生们应该做的轻松！C篇阅读取材于家庭琐事：女儿为了让年迈的母亲晚年生活快乐，通过亲手教她电脑知识获取一些快乐时光。把母女情深刻画得细腻而生动。这篇文中也是通过对生活细节的描写，把情感侧重突出。D篇阅读理解，对大多数考生来说，可能都有似曾相识感，那是由于命题者又选择了一个共同的话题：友谊(friendship) ，而本文又换个角度，来论述当友谊面临一些阻碍是，朋友之间该怎样去修复，去维护？E篇阅读理解讲述的是大学教授通过实践写出一本阐述贸易尤其是世界自由贸易市场的书，并阐述自己对贸易的观点和立场。这道试题侧重于这样一个社会也是政治的问题。
这五篇阅读理解从问题设置方面看，可以归结成这样几类：1）、对文章细节的理解，即细节理解题，比如B篇的4个问题；2）、通过推理归纳理解，比如第42、44、50、51、55 小题；3）、划线部分句意/词意推理题，比如第54、59小题；4）、写作意图或主旨归纳理解，比如第53、56和60小题。实际上，这些语言能力，在《2006年英语高考考试大纲》中都具体呈现了：（1）理解主旨要义；（2）理解文中具体信息；（3）根据上下文推断生词的词义；（4）作出简单判断和推理；（5）理解文章的基本结构；（6）理解作者的意图和态度。

五. 语音和单词拼写—-夯实基础全面考虑
2006年全国高考英语不含听力卷（贵州，黑龙江，内蒙等），对语音和单词拼写进行考查，要求考生应注重课本基础知识，因为这两道大题共计15分，按常理说来，每一个单词都不会超出课本附后的单词表。考生在备考时，应该不脱离课本，保住这基本的15分。从今年的语音题考查思路看侧重考查了：1、元音字母i，u的特殊发音；2、辅音字母s 的发音；3、辅音+辅音字母组合ch的发音；4、元音字母+辅音字母组合ear的发音。具体说来，同学们在复习中按照这样的设题原则复习：1)、元音字母发音一道题目；2）、辅音字母发音一道题目；3）、元音+元音字母组合发音一道题目；4）、辅音+辅音字母组合发音一道题目；5）、元音字母+辅音字母组合发音一道题目。
今年在试题中出现的发音，对大多数考生来说，还比较容易区别出，比如第2小题：change, machine, headache, technique, research ；比如第4小题：safely, base, season, Asia, usual;在比如第5小题：museum, subject, true , huge, busy.
单词拼写方面，则要注意一些较为常用的单词，从今年试题上可见一斑。比如：第66题“错过”--missed；第67题“呼吸”--breath；第68题“普通”—ordinary;第69题 “鼓励“ –encouraged; 第70题“镜子”—mirror;第74题“一月”—January；第75题“想象”—imagine等。顺便要提醒同学们的是，复习单词拼写应做到：一、拼写准确；二、形式要符合给出的句子逻辑，不要出现语法错误；三、书写规范。

六．补全对话---具体场景中语言的灵活运用
今年的补全对话试题，对话场景发生在London市街头，对话人是朋友关系，一人提出该先参观British Museum呢还是其他的地方？就朋友的建议，最后达成一致。
本段对话基本上都是看似复杂的长句子，但较为流畅易懂，没有晦涩难懂的感觉。对话发生的场景在国外，语言地道。但在设置两个错误项时，有一定的迷惑性。另外，由于长句子较多，给考生的迷惑也大。

七．书面表达---语言综合考查和语言能力的具体体现
今年的《考试大纲》（英语）要求考生根据题示进行书面表达。考生应能：
　　（1）准确使用语法和词汇；
　　（2）使用一定的句型、词汇，清楚、连贯地表达自己的意思。而今年命制的这道作文题，要求写申请信。内容要点列出给考生，而开头和结尾都写好，这样，即是一个很具体的题示。尽管对大多数考生来说，申请信的格式陌生，但现在仅仅需要审好题，把要点交待清楚即：1）、提出申请愿望；2）、年龄、性别；3）、学历及英语水平；4）、爱好体育，善于交际，乐于助人，对本地很熟悉，5）、承诺。
但在写作的时候，不少考生都会犯一个逐条翻译的通病。这是需要避免的。
总而言之，今年的英语不含听力卷在考查语言基础知识，语言能力和语言技能上突出灵活，交际原则。正如高考考试大纲所述： 有较高的信度、效度、必要的区分度和适当的难度。在容易题、中等题和难题的设置构成上，以中等题或稍下为主，整套试卷没有呈现偏题和怪题。2006年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试
英 语（北京卷）
本试卷分第Ⅰ卷（选择题）和第Ⅱ卷（非选择题）两部分。第Ⅰ卷1至16页。第Ⅱ卷17－20页，共150分。考试时间120分钟。考试结束后，将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。
第Ⅰ卷（选择题 共115分）
第一部分：听力理解（共两节，30分）
第一节（共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分）
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一道小题，从每题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。听完每段对话后，你将有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话你将听一遍。
例：What is the man going to read
A. A newspaper.
B. A magazine.
C. A book.
答案是A。
1. What size does the woman want
A. Size 8. B. Size 10. C. Size 12.
2. Where does the conversation take place
A. In a post office. B. In a hotel. C. In a bank.
3. Why is the man going to New York
A. To live there. B. To visit a friend. C. To have a vacation.
4. What are they going to do
A. Play tennis. B. Go swimming. C. Do some cleaning.
5. What is the man doing
A. Making an announcement B. Making an appointment. C. Making an invitation. .
第二节（共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分）
听下面6段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几道小题，从每题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前，你将有5秒钟时间阅读每小题。听完后，每小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白你将听两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6至7题。
6. Who is the announcement for
A. People on a train. B. People on a plane. C. People in a restaurant.
7. What time of the day is it
A. Morning. B. Noon. C. Evening.
听第7段材料，回答第8至9题。
8. Where are the speakers
At a Lost and Found. B. At a bus stop. C. In a shop.
9. Which of the following is the woman’s coat
A B C
听第8段材料，回答第10至11题。
10. What are the speakers doing
A. Watching a movie. B. Having dinner. C. Making soup.
11. What makes the man unhappy
A. The woman doesn ‘t cook very well. B. The woman seldom talks at dinner.
C. The woman watches too many commercials.
听第9段材料，回答第12至14题。
12. What does the man dislike about his job
A. Working in a hotel. B. Working in summer. C. Travelling all the time.
13. Why doesn’t he want to take the new job
A. He doesn’t get a good pay. B. He dislikes working in a seaside town.
C. He hates playing the same piece again and again.
14. What does the woman think of the job the man was offered
A. Boring. B. Well-paid. C. Tough.
听第10段材料，回答第15至17题。
15. What are they discussing
A. What to have for lunch. B. Where to go for lunch. C. When to have lunch.
16. What can we learn about the man
A. He usually doesn’t eat fast food.
B. He often eats in a restaurant near his home.
C. He can’t afford an expensive lunch that day.
17. Where are they probably going right after this conversation
A. A supermarket. B. A fast-food place. C. A French restaurant.
听第11段材料，回答第18至20题。
18. Why didn’t the woman go to the man’s birthday party
A. She forgot all about it. B. She didn’t like the man.
C. She doesn’t know about it.
19. Who is the woman
A. The man’s friend. B. The man’s mother. C. The man’s secretary.
20. What does the woman want to do for the man’s birthday
A. Buy him a nice present. B. Have lunch with him. C. Send him an email.
第二部分：知识运用（共两节，45分）
第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题1分，共15分）
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
例：It’s nice to hear from her again. ________, we last met more than thirty years ago.
A. What’s more B. That’s to say
C. In other words D. Believe it or not
答案是D。
21. This washing machine is environmentally friendly because it uses _____ water and electricity
than _____ models.
A. less ; older B. less ; elder C. fewer ; older D. fewer ; elder
22. --- When do we need to pay the balance
--- __________ September 30.
A. In B. By C. During D. Within
23. She went to the bookstore and bought _________.
A. dozen books B. dozens books C. dozen of books D. dozens of books
24. --- Which driver was to blame
--- Why, _________! It was the child’s fault, clear and simple. He suddenly came out between two parked cars.
A. both B. each C. either D. neither
25. --- What’s the name
--- Khulaifi. _______ I spell that for you
A. Shall B. Would C. Can D. Might
26. --- I knocked over my coffee cup. It went right over ______ keyboard.
--- You shouldn’t put drinks near ________ computer.
A. the ; 不填 B. the ; a C. a ; 不填 D. a ; a
27. --- _______ leave at the end of this month.
--- I don’t think you should do that until ________ another job.
A. I’m going to ; you’d found B. I’m going to ; you’ve found
C. I’ll ; you’ll find D. I’ll ; you’d find
28. There have been several new events ________ to the program for the 2008 Beijing Olympic Games.
A. add B. to add C. adding D. added
29. --- Could you do me a favour
--- It depends on ______ it is.
A. which B. whichever C. what D. whatever
30. --- Your job ________ open for your return.
--- Thanks.
A. will be kept B. will keep C. had kept D. had been kept
31. Women _______ drink more than two cups of coffee a day have a greater chance of having heart disease than those ________ don’t.
A. who ; 不填 B. 不填 ; who C. who ; who D. 不填表; 不填
32. --- Where did you put the car keys
--- Oh, I ________ I put them on the chair because the phone rang as I ______ in.
A. remembered ; come B. remembered ; was coming
C. remember ; come D. remember ; was coming
33. ________ you have tried it, you can’t imagine how pleasant it is.
A. Unless B. Because C. Although D. When
34. He found it increasingly difficult to read, _______ his eyesight was beginning to fail.
A. and B. for C. but D. or
35. I can’t stand ______ with Jane in the same office. She just refuses _______ talking while she works.
A. working ; stopping B. to work ; stopping
C. working ; to stop D. to work ; to stop
第二节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，共30分）
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，从第每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Learning to Accept
I learned how to accept life as it is from my father. 36 , he did not teach me acceptance when he was strong and healthy, but rather when he was 37 and ill.
My father was 38 a strong man who loved being active, but a terrible illness 39 all that away. Now he can no longer walk, and he must sit quietly in a chair all day. Even talking is 40 . One night, I went to visit him with my sisters. We started 41 about life, and I told them about one of my 42 . I said that we must very often give things up 43 we grow --- our youth, our beauty, our friends --- but it always 44 that after we give something up, we gain something new in its place. Then suddenly my father 45 up. He said, “But, Peter, I gave up 46 ! What did I gain ” I thought and thought, but I couldn’t think of anything to say. 47 , he answered his own question: “I 48 the love of my family,” I looked at my sisters and saw tears in their eyes, along with hope and thankfulness.
I was also 49 by his words. After that, when I began to feel irritated (愤怒的) at someone, I 50 remember his words and become 51 . If he could replace his great pain with a feeling of love for others, then I should be 52 to give up my small irritations. In this 53 , I learned the power of acceptance from my father.
Sometimes I 54 what other things I could have learned from him if I had listened more carefully when I was a boy. For now, though, I am grateful for this one 55 .
36. A. Afterwards B. Therefore C. However D. Meanwhile
37. A. tired B. weak C. poor D. slow
38. A. already B. still C. only D. once
39. A. took B. threw C. sent D. put
40. A. impossible B. difficult C. stressful D. Hopeless
41. A. worrying B. caring C. talking D. asking
42. A. decisions B. experiences C. ambitions D. beliefs
43. A. as B. since C. before D. till
44. A. suggests B. promises C. seems D. requires
45. A. spoke B. turned C. summed D. opened
46. A. something B. anything C. nothing D. everything
47. A. Surprisingly B. Immediately C. Naturally D. Certainly
48. A. had B. accepted C. gained D. enjoyed
49. A. touched B. astonished C. attracted D. warned
50. A. should B. could C. would D. might
51. A. quiet B. calm C. Relaxed D. happy
52. A. ready B. likely C. free D. able
53. A. case B. form C. method D. way
54. A. doubt B. wonder C. know D. guess
55. A. award B. gift C. lesson D. word
第三部分：阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，共40分）
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
How to Make a Budget (预算)
Most likely, you aren’t the family breadwinner. But doing a small job or getting a weekly allowance (零花钱) would put some money in your pocket. For kids and grown-ups alike, money is easy to spend. If you aren’t careful, it can be going in no time.
Being responsible with your money is an important skill to learn --- and the sooner you start the better. Whether you are tracking your spending or saving for something special, creating a budget can help you deal with your expenses and plan for the future. All you need are paper and a pencil --- and some self-control.
First, take a look at our sample monthly budget. Then, use a separate sheet of paper to plan your own. In the first two columns (栏), list your sources (来源) of income and how much you expect to earn from them. In the third and fourth columns, list what you expect to spend your money on and the amount.
The left-hand total should be more than or equal to the right-hand total. If it is, you have an effective budget.
Budgets are not complex, but sticking to them can be tough. When planning your budget, be realistic about your expenses. If you know that you drop $18 at a movie, don’t write $12 in that space simply because you wish you were spending less.
If you are eyeing a big purchase, such as a $150 skateboard, spend less and save more until you have the total amount. No matter how attractive it may be, avoid spending your savings. One day, you will thank yourself!
56. Who is the passage written for
A. Children. B. Parents. C. Breadwinners. D. Bank managers.
57. The purpose of making a budget is to help people _________.
A. learn to be realistic B. increase their saving
C. manage their money well D. test their power-control
58. What should people do when planning a budget
A. Fill in the expenses as they really are.
B. Avoid spending money on expensive things.
C. Set aside a fixed amount of money as savings.
D. List income and expenses on two pieces of paper.
59. Which of the following budgets is effective
B
I was 9 years old when I found out my father was ill. It was 1994, but I can remember my mother’s words as if it were yesterday: “Kerrel, I don’t want you to take food from your father, because he has AIDS. Be very careful when you are around him.”
AIDS wasn’t something we talked about in my country when I was growing up. From then on, I knew that this would be a family secret. My parents were not together anymore, and my dad lived alone. For a while, he could take care of himself. But when I was 12, his condition worsened. My father’s other children lived far away, so it fell to me to look after him.
We couldn’t afford all the necessary medication for him, and because Dad was unable to work, I had no money for school supplies and often couldn’t even buy food for dinner. I would sit in class feeling completely lost, the teacher’s words muffled as I tried to figure out how I was going to manage.
I did not share my burden (负担) with anyone. I had seen how people reacted to AIDS. Kids laughed at classmates who had parents with the disease. And even adults could be cruel. When my father was moved to the hospital, the nurses would leave his food on the bedside table even though he was too weak to feed himself.
I had known that he was going to die, but after so many years of keeping his condition a secret. I was completely unprepared when he reached his final days. Sad and hopeless, I called a woman at the nonprofit National AIDS Support. That day, she kept me on the phone for hours. I was so lucky to find someone who cared. She saved my life.
I was 15 when my father died. He took his secret away with him, having never spoken about AIDS to anyone, even me. He didn’t want to call attention to AIDS. I do.
60. What does Kerrel tell us about her father
A. He had stayed in the hospital since he fell ill.
B. He depended on the nurses in his final days.
C. He worked hard to pay for his medication.
D. He told no one about his disease.
61. What can we learn from the underlined sentence
A. Kerrel couldn’t understand her teacher.
B. Kerrel had special difficulty in hearing.
C. Kerrel was too troubled to focus on the lesson.
D. Kerrel was too tired to bear her teacher’s words.
62. Why did Kerrel keep her father’s disease a secret
A. She was afraid of being looked down upon.
B. She thought it was shameful to have AIDS.
C. She found no one willing to listen to her.
D. She wanted to obey her mother.
63. Why did Kerrel write the passage
A. To tell people about the sufferings of her father.
B. To show how little people knew about AIDS.
C. To draw people’s attention to AIDS.
D. To remembered her father.
C
Why I Don’t Spare “Spare Change”
“Poor but honest.” “The deserving (值得帮助的) poor.” These words always come to my mind when I think of “the poor.” But I also think of people who, perhaps through alcohol (酒) or drugs, have ruined not only their own lives but also the lives of others in order to give way to their own pleasure. Perhaps alcoholism and drug addiction (上瘾) really are “diseases,” as many people say, but my own feeling --- based. Of course, not on any serious study --- is that most alcoholics and drug addicts belong to the “undeserving poor.” And that is largely why I don’t give spare change to beggars.
But surely among the street people there are also some who can rightly be called “deserving.” Deserving what My spare change Or simply the government’s assistance It happens that I have been brought up to believe that it is proper to make contributions to charity (慈善机构), but if I give some change to a beggar, am I making a contribution to charity and thereby helping someone, or, am I perhaps simply encouraging someone not to get help Or, maybe even worse, am I supporting a cheat
If one believes in the value of private charity, one can either give to needy people or to charitable organizations. In giving to a beggar one may indeed be helping a person who badly needs help, but one cannot be certain that one is giving to a needy person. In giving to an organization, on the other hand, one can feel that one’s money is likely to be used wisely. True, facing a beggar one may feel that this particular unfortunate person needs help at this moment --- a cup of coffee or a sandwich --- and the need will not be met unless I put my hand in my pocket right now. But I have come to think that the beggars whom I meet can get along without my spare change, and indeed perhaps they are actually better off for not having money to buy alcohol or drugs.
I know nothing about these beggars, but it’s my impression that they simply prefer begging to working. I am not generalizing about street people. I am talking about the about whom I acturally meet. That’s why I do not give “spare change,” and I don’t think I will in the future.
64. What does the author think of beggars who take drugs
A. They should be given a check-up.
B. They really need money to live.
C. They have no pleasure in life.
D. They are not worth helping.
65. Why doesn’t the author give money to street people
A. He doesn’t think they need help.
B. He doesn’t have enough money to give.
C. He is not convinced they will use it rightly.
D. He believes they can get help from the government.
66. In the second paragraph, the author presents his idea by _______.
A. asking questions for people to think about
B. giving examples to support his argument
C. raising questions and answering them
D. expressing his opinions directly
67. Which of the following opinions does the author accept
A. Drug addiction is a disease.
B. Some street people are poor and needy.
C. Most beggars have received enough help.
D. Charitable organizations handle money properly.
D
While parents, particularly mothers, have always been attached to their infants (婴儿), societal conditions frequently made this attachment difficult to maintain (保持). First of all, the high infant death rate in the premodern times meant that such attachments often ended in hopelessness. Perhaps to prevent the sadness that infant death caused, a number of societal practices developed which worked against early attachment of mother and child.
One of these premodern attachment-discouraging practices was to leave infants unnamed until they had survived into the second year. Another practice that discouraged maternal (母亲的) attachment was tightly wrapping (包裹) infants. Wrapping effectively prevented the close physical interactions like stroking (抚摸) and kissing that are so much a part of modern mothers’ and fathers’ affection for their infants.
A third practice which had the same distancing effect was wet-nursing. Breast-feeding (母乳哺育) was not popular among the well-to-do in the early modern times; infants were often fed by wet nurses hired for the purpose. In some places, such as nineteenth-century France, city infants were sent to wet nurses in the country. Often a wet nurse would feed her own child first, leaving little for the city infant --- who, in many case, died. In Rouen, the death rate for children sent to a wet nurse was 35 percent.
68. Babies were unnamed until they were two so that ________.
A. an old social custom could be kept up
B. maternal attachment could be maintained
C. they could have better chances to survive
D. their parents would not be too sad if they died
69. Why were babies wrapped
A. To protect them from the cold.
B. To distance their mothers from them.
C. To make them feel more comfortable.
D. To make it easy for their mothers to hold them.
70. Wet nurses were women who _________.
A. babysat city infants
B. fed babies of other families
C. sent their babies to the country
D. failed to look after their babies
71. Which is the best title for the passage
A. Societal Conditions in Premodern Times
B. Practices of Reducing Maternal Attachment
C. Poor Health Service and High Infant Death Rate
D. Differences between Modern and Premodern Parents
E
A study published in September suggests there is a surprising way to get people to avoid unhealthy foods: change their memories. Scientist Elizabeth Loftus of the University of California at Irvine asked volunteers to answer some questions on their personalities (个性) and food experiences. “One week later,” Loftus says, “we told those people we’d fed their answers into our smart computer and it came up with an account of their early childhood experiences.” Some accounts included one key additional detail (细节). “You got sick after eating strawberry ice-cream.” The researchers then changed this detail into a manufactured (人为促成的) memory through leading questions --- Who were you with How did you feel By the end of the study, up to 41% of those given a false memory believed strawberry ice-cream once made them sick, and many said they’d avoid eating it.
When Loftus published her findings, she started getting calls from people begging her to make them remember hating chocolate or French fries. Unfortunately, it’s not that easy. False memories appear to work only for foods you don’t eat on a regular basis. But most important, it is likely that false memories can be implanted (灌输) only in people who are unaware of the mental control. And lying to a patient is immoral, even if a doctor believes it’s for the patient’s benefit.
Loftus says there’s nothing to stop parents from trying it with their overweight children. “I say, wake up --- parents have been lying about Father Christmas for years, and nobody seems to mind. If they can prevent diseases caused by fatness and all the other problems that come with that, you might think that’s more moral lie. Decide that for yourself.”
72. Why did Loftus ask the volunteers to answer some questions
A. To improve her computer program.
B. To find out their attitudes towards food.
C. To find out details she can make use of.
D. To predict what food they’ll like in the future.
73. What did Loftus find out from her research
A. People believe what the computer tells them.
B. People can be led to believe in something false.
C. People tend to forget their childhood experiences.
D. People are not always aware of their personalities.
74. According to the study, people may stop having a certain food if they _______.
A. learn it is harmful for health
B. lie to themselves that they don’t want it
C. are willing to let doctors control their minds
D. think they once had a bad experience of eating it
75. What is the biggest concern with the method
A. Whether it is moral. B. Who it is best for.
C. When it is effective. D. How it should be used.
2006年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试
英 语（北京卷）
第Ⅱ卷（共35分）
第四部分：书面表达（共两节，35分）
情景作文（20分）
国际文化交流中心将组织一次由各国学生参加的“和平、友谊”夏令营活动，要求报名者提交英文个人简历。假设你是王姗，请根据下列信息写一篇个人简历。
注意：1、词数不少于60。
2、可根据内容要点适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
第二节 开放作文（15分）
请根据下面提示，写一篇短文。词数不少于50。
You and your Australian friend Jim are visiting a city in China where you see the street sculptures as shown below. You and Jim are discussing what the artist is trying to say. Now you are telling Jim how you understand this piece of art and what makes you think so.
提示词： 雕塑 sculpture
笔记本电脑 laptop
(某城市街头雕塑)
参考答案
第一部分：听力理解（共两节，30分）
1-20: CAACC ABAAB BCCBB CACAB
第二部分：知识运用（共两节，45分）
第一节：单项填空（共15小题；每小题1分，共15分）
21-35: ABDDA BBDCA CDABC
第二节：完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，共30分）
36-55: CBDAB CDACA DACAC BDDBB
第三部分：阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，共40分）
56-75: ACADD CACDC ABDBB BCBDA2006年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试（湖北卷）
英语
本试卷分第Ⅰ卷（选择题）和第Ⅱ卷（非选择题）两部分。第Ⅰ卷1至14页，第Ⅱ卷15至16页，共16页，共150分。考试用时120分钟。
祝考试顺利
第Ⅰ卷（三部分，共115分）
注意事项：
答题前，考生务必将自己的姓名、准考证号填写在试题卷和答题卡上，并将准考证号条形码粘贴在答题卡上的指定位置。
每小题选出答案后，用2B铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。如需改动，用橡皮擦干净后，再选涂其他答案标号。答在试题卷上无效。
考试结束，监考人员将本试题卷和答题卡一并收回。
第一部分：听力（共两节，满分30分）
做题时，先将答案划在试卷上。录音内容结束后，你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上的答案转涂到答题卡上。
第一节（共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分）
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标志在试卷的相庆位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
例：How much is the shirt
A.￡19.15 B. ￡9.15 C. ￡9.18
答案是B。
What kind of person is the much
A.He is friendly.
B.He is honest.
C.He is funny.
What was about the womans sister
A.She didn’t go to school.
B.She had an accident.
C.She was badly butl.
What is the man doing at the airport
A.Answering a passengers question.
B.Leaving for New York City.
C.Waiting for his sister.
What did the woman ask to man
A.whether he could let her use his office.
B.Whether he had to work on the weekend.
C.Whether he could help her wih her projed.
Whar does the man mean
A.His brother is coming to celebrate his birrhday.
B.His brother will give him a birthday present.
C.His brother never forgets his own birthday.
第二节（共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分）
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第5段材料，回答第6、7题。
6.What is the man doing
A.Reading a popular science book.
B.Making comments on a novel.
C.Watching a popular science film.
7.What does the woman think of popular science films
A.They are dull.
B.They are okay.
C.They are interesting.
听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。
8.What do we know about the daugher
A.She went to the Stydents’ Union last nighter
B.She stayed with her boyfriend last night.
C.She came back home late night.
3.What is the fater’s worry about his daughter
A.She might have been to a wild party.
B.She might have beenout with a singer.
C.She might have been to a political meeting.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
10.What is the woman NOTsatisfied with
A.The post office.
B.The man’s answer.
C.The quality of the service.
11.How does the man respond to the woman’s problem
A.Warmly.
B.Politely.
C.Nervously.
12.What did the man offer to do
A.Provide a new radion.
B.Correct the address.
C.Repair the radio.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
13.What dose the woman think of her present job
A.It is challenging.
B.It is promising.
C.It is biring.
14.Which of the following is rcquired for the job in the paper
A.A degree and an active mind.
B.Work experience in Germany and France.
C.A lively character and an interest in travcling.
15.What did the women decide to do next
A.Visit the agency.
B.Apply for the job.
C.Stay with her company.
15.What does the man think of the woman’s decision
A.It is wise.
B.It is crazy.
C.It is surprising.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
17.What is the main purpose of the speech
A.To tell the students how to collect rubbish.
B.To compare different recycling programs.
C.To encournge the student to join in a recyching program.
18.According to the program,where should plasric bags be put
A.Into white cans.
B.Into blue cans.
C.Into pink cans.
19.According to the speaker,why are many recycling programs NOT successful
A.Because most recycling rules are not clear.
B.Because most collecting tasks are too difficult.
C.Because most people are unwilling to sort rubbish.
20.What is the job for the volurnteers
A.To sort the collected rubbish and then deliver it.
B.To collect the sorted rubbish and then deliver it.
C.To collcet the sorted rubbish and then recycle it.
第二部分：英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）
第一节：语法和词汇知识（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
例：It is generally considered unwise to give a child he or the wnts.
A.however B.whatever C.whichever D.whenever
答案是B。
21.To make members of a team perform better, the trainer first of all has to know thier and weaknesses.
A.strengths B.benefits C.techmques D.values
22.One of the best ways for people to keep fit is to…healthy earing habits.
A.grow B.develop C.inerease D.raise
23.The on his face told me that he was angry.
A.impression B.sight C.appearance D.expression
24.At the meeting they discussed three different to the study of mathematies.
A.approaches B.means C.methods D.ways
25.It’s already 10 o’clock. I wonder how it that she was two hours late on such a short trip.
A.came over B.came out C.came about D.came up
26.The building around the corner caught fire last night. The police are now the matter.
A.seeing through B.working out C.looking into D.watching over
27.As I grew up in a smali town at the foot of a mountain, the visit to the village scenes of my childhood.
A.called up B.called for C.called on D.called in
28.Although the wind has , the rain receains srcady. so you still need a raincoat.
A.turned up B.gone back C.died down D.blown out
29.I was wondering if we could go shkitng on the weedend.
――　　　　good.
A.Sound B.Sounded C.Sounding D.Sounds
30.I’m rertain Davel’s told you his business troubles. , it’s no sectet that he owes a lot of money to the bank.
A.However B.Anyway C.Therefore D.Though
31. fired,your health care and other benefits will net be immediately cut off.
A.Would you be B.Should you be C.Could you be D.Might you be
32.I won’t tell the student the answer to the math problem until he on it for more than an hour.
A.has been working B.will have worked C.will have been working D.had worked
33.AIDS is said the biggest heelth challenge to both men and women in that area over the past few years.
A.that it is B.to be C.that is has been D.to have been
34.Don’t sit there e and help me with this table.
A.do B.to do C.doing D.and doing
35.―You know who came yesterday
―Yao Ming We had a basketball match.
― He came and watched the game.
A.You guessed it! B.How did you know that
C.Well done! D.That was good news!
第二节：完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）
　　阅读下面短文，从短文后所给各题四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
　In the city of Fujisawe, lives a woman named Atsuko Sacki. When she arrived, however, she 36 of going go the United States. Most of what she knew about American 37 was from the textbooks the had read.“I had a 38 in mind:Daddy watching TV in the living room. Mummy 39 cakes and their teenage danghter off to the cimma with her hoyfrind.”
Aisuko 40 to attend cooege in California. When she arrived, however, she found it was not her 41 world.“People were struggling with problems and often seemed 42 ,”she said.“I felt very alone.”
One of the hardest 43 was physical education.“We played volleyball,”she said.“The other students were 44 it,but I wasn’t.”
One afternoon, the instructor asked Atsuko to 45 the ball to her teanunutes so tyey couid knock it 46 the net.No promblem ofor most people. But is terrfied Atsuko.She was afraid of losing face 47 she failed.
A yound man. On her team 48 what she was going through.“He walked up to me and 49 ,‘Come on, You can do that.’”
“You will never understand how those words of 50 .made me feel…Four words:You can do that.I felt like crying with happiness.”
She made it through the class. Pcrhaps she thanked the yound man; she is not 51 .
Six years have passed. Arsulo is back in Japan ,working as a salesclerk.“I have 52 forgotten the words,”she said.“When things are not going so well,I think of them.”
She will is sure the young man had no idea how much his kindness 53 to her.“He probably doesn’s evern remember it.”she said, That may be the lesson. Whenever you say something to a person―cruel or kind―you have no ides how long the words will 54 .She’s all the way over in Japan, but still she hears those four 55 words; You can do that.
36.A.learned B.spoke C.dreamed D.heard
37.A.way B.life C.education D.spirit
38.A.photo B.painting C.picture D.drawing
39.A.baking B.frying C.steaming D.drawing
40.A.hoped B.arranged C.liked D.attempted
41.A.deseribed B.imagined C.created D.discovered
42.A.tense B.cheerful C.relaxed D.deseried
43.A.times B.questions C.classes D.projects
44.A.curious about B.good at C.classes D.projects
45.A.kick B.pass C.carry D.hit
46.A.throuht B.into C.over D.past
47.A.after B.if C.because D.until
48.A.beheved B.eonsidered C.wondered D.sensed
49.A.warned B.sighed C.ordered D.whispered
50.A.excitement B.encouragement C.persuasion D.suggestion
51.A.interested B.doubiful C.puzzled D.sure
52.A.never B.already C.seldom D.almost
53.A.happened B.applied C.exist D.live
54.A.continue B.stay C.exist D.live
55.A.merriful B.hitter C.simple D.easy
第三部分：阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分）
　　阅读下列短文，从每篇短文后所给各题的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
Join the thousand of professionals and intcrnational travelers who depend on ChanpsEalysees, Schen ins Land, Puerla del Sol,and Acanerello intaliano to help them stay intoueh with the languages and cultures they love.Designed to help you greatly improfve your listening、icabulary, and cultural IQ,these unique Europcan audio magaaimes(有声杂志) are gnarnateed.（保证）to give you enthousiasm and determmation to study the language or your money back!
To help you imegrate lauguage study into your bust life, we’ve made cach audio magazine convenient. Work on lauguage fluency while driving to work, exercising, or cooking anytime and anywhere you want!
Est of all ,each programme is put together by progessional broadcasters ,journalists, and edicors who have a strong interest in Europan fanguages and cultures, That enthusiasm comes thouhgh in every edition. From New York to London to Singapore, the users tell us no company produees a better product for language. Learners at all leaels. Ring for more information. Or order at www. ( http: / / www. ). We guarantee that you have nothing to lost if it’s not for you; let us know withins weeks and we will completely reimburse you.
56.The audiomagazines in the passage are .
A.published in European languages
B.read on the computer sereen
C.designed in the form of small sized books
D.broadcast on television and the radio
57.The audio magazines are mainly for .
A.Europcan journalists
B.professional travelers
C.language learners
D.language learners
58.What is mentioned as a feature of the audiomagazines
A.They are translated into English.
B.They are convenient for the users.
C.They are very easy to read.
D.They are cheap and popular.
59.What does the underlined part “reimburse” probably mean
A.Return the money you paid.
B.Change the product you bought.
C.Offer you a free repair.
D.Guarantee you the quality.
B
Have you ever received a gift that was so clearly not your taste that you wondered if perhaps it had been handed to you by mistake Worse,have you ever given a present and watched your friend look as though she had opened the wrong box Maybe she responded with a polite “Why, thank you,”but you knew you had missed the mark. Why do presents sometimes go wrong And what do your choices (good and had) reflect about your personal qualities
Choosing the right is an art, I believe. It calls for empathy－the ability to put yourself into someone else’s feelings as sharply. We’re all able to do this; ih fact,we’ve born with a kind of natural empathy. After the earliest period of childhood,however,it needs to be reinforced（加强）－by our parents,teachers,friends.When it isn’t, we’re not able to understand other people’s feelings as sharply. This can show in the gifts we select, and so can many other emotional（情感的）qualities.
Think back to the presents you’ve given over the past year, the time and effort you put into your selection, how much you spent,yiu thoughts while you were shopping ,and your feelings when the receiver opened the package. Keep in mind that what you choose displays your inner world. Of course, you may express yourself differently with different friends, reaatives, and other people you know.
We live in a society where exchanging presents is an important patt of communicartion. Lgnoring the rtadition won’t make it go away. If you really dislike such a tradnion, tell your friends abead of time.
60.The underlined expression“you had missed the mark”means“you had failed to ”.
A.make her feel better
B.keep your friendship
C.receive a present in return
D.get the expected effect
61.Which of the following is the main ideas of the second paragraph
A.Natrual empathy needs to be remforced.
B.Emotional chauges infueuce one’s choice of gifts.
C.Selecting the right gift is an abitity people are born with.
D.Choosing gifts requires one to ineerstand the receivers.
62.In the third garagraph, the auther elis us that .
A.attention should be paid to the eceivers’s responses
B.one learns from what he did in the past
C.the choice of girls reflects one’s emotional qualities
D.one should spend more time toosing gifts
63.The best possible tirle for this passage is “　　　”.
A.Ways of Choosing Gifts
B.An Imporiant Tradirion
C.Exchanging Presents
D.Message in a Gift
C
The young boy saw me, or rather, he saw the car and quickly ran up to me ,cager to sell his bunches（串）of bananas and bags of peanuts. Though he appeared to be about twelve, he seemed to have already known he bitterness of life.“Banans 300 mira. Peaouts 200 naira.”He said in a low voice. I hargained him down to 200 that for the fruit and nuts, When he agreed, I handed him a 500 nairu bill. He didn’t have change. So I tole him not to worry. He said thanks and smiled a row of perfect teeth.
When, two weeks later, I saw the boy again, I was more aware of my position in a society where it’s not that uncommon to see a little boy who should be in school standing on the corner selling fruit in the burning sun. My parents bad raised me to be aware of the advantage we had been afforded and the responsibility it brought to us.
I pulled over and rolled down my window, He had a bunch of bananas and a bag of peanuts ready. I waved them away.
“What’t up ”asked him.
“I…I don’t have money to buy books for school.”I reached into my pocket and abnded him two fresh 500 naira bills.“Will this help ”I asked. He looked around nervously before taking the money. One thousand naira was a lot of money to someone whose family probably made about 5,000 naira or less each year.“Thank you, sir.”he said.“Thank you very much!”
When driving home. I wondered if my little friend actually used the money for schoolbooks. What if he’s a cheat（骗子） And then I wondered why I did it. Did I do it to make myself feel better Was I using him Later, I rcalized that I wondered why I did it, Did I do it to make myself feel better Was I using him Later, I rcalized that I didn’t know his name or the least bit about him, nor did I think to ask.
Over the next six months, I was busy working in a news agency in northern Nigeria. Sometime after I returned ,I went out For a drive. When I was about to pull over, the boy suddenly appeared by my window with a big smile ready on his face.
“Oh, gosh! Long time.”
“Are you in school now ”I asked.
He nodded.
“That’s good,” I said. A silence fell as we looked at each other, and then I realized what he wanted.“Here,”I held out a 500 naira bill.“Take this.”He shook his head and stepped back as if hurt.“What’s wrong ”I asked.　“It’s a gift.”
He shook his head again and brought his had form bchind his back. His face shone with sweat（汗水）. He dropped a bunch of banans and a bag of peanuts in the front seat before he said,“I’ve been waiting to give hese to you .”
64.What was the author’s first impression of the boy
A. He seemed to be poor and greedy.
B. He seemed to have his age.
C. He seemed younger than his age.
D. He seemed good at bargaining.
65.The seeond time the author met the boy, the boy .
A. told him his purose of selling fruit and nuts
B. wanted to express his thanks
C. asked him for money for his schoolbooks
D. tried to take advantage of him
65.Why did the author give his money to the boy
A. Because he had enough money to do that.
B. Because he had lcarnt to help others since childhood.
C. Because he held a higher position in the society.
D. Because he had been asked by the news agency to do so.
67.Which of the following best describes the boy
A. Brave and polite.
B. Kind and smart.
C. Honest and thankful.
D. Shy and nervous.
D
An environmental group ralled the Food Commission is unhappy and dixappointed beeause of the sale of bottled water form Japan. The water is angrily argues in public, has traveled 10,000“food miles”before it reaches Western customers.“transporting water halfway across the world is surely the extremely stupid use of fuel when there is plenty of water in the OK.”It is also worried that we are wasting our fuel by buying prauns（对虾）from Indonesia(7,000 food miles) and carrots from South Africe(5,900 food miles).
Counting the number of miles traveled done by a product is a strange way of trying to tell the true situation of the environmental damage done by an industry. Most food is transported around the world on container ships that are extremely energy efficient（高能效的）. It should be noted that a ton of butter transported 25 miles in a truck product transported hundreds of miles by sea. Besides ,the idea of “of miles”ignores the amount of fuel used in the production. It is possible to cut down your food miles by buying tomatoes grown in Britain rather than those grown in Ghana; the difference is that the British one will have been raised in heated greenhouses and the Ghanaian ones in the open sun.
What the idea of“food miles”does provide, however, is the chance to cut out Third World Countries from First World food markers. The number of miles traveled by our food should, as I see it, be regarded as a sign of the success of the global（全球的）trade system, not a sign of damage to the environment.
68.The Food Commission is angry because it thinks that .
A.OK wastes a lot of money importing food products
B. some imported goods cause environmental danage
C. growing certain vegetables cause environmental damage
D. people waste energy buying food fro other countries
69. The phrase“food miles”in the passage fefers to the distance .
A. that a food product travels to a market
B. that a food product travels from one market to another
C. between Okand other food producing countries
D. between a Third World country and a First World food market
70.By comparing tomatoes raised in Britanin and in Ghana, the another tries to explain that .
A. British tomatoes are healthier than Ghanaian ones
B. Ghanaian tomatoes taste better than British ones
C. cutting down food miles may not necessarily save fuel
D. protecting the environment may cost a lot of money
71.From the passage we know that the auther is most probably .
A. a supporter of free global trade
B. a member of the Food Commission
D. a supporter of First World food markets
D. a member of an energy development group
E
Silence is unnatural to map. He begins life with a cry and ends it in stillness. In between be does all he can to make a noise in the world, and be fears silence more than anything else. Even his conversation is an attempt to prevent a fearful silence. If be is introduced to another person, and is number of pauses occur in the conversation, he regards him self as a failure ,a worthless person, and is full of envy of the emptiest headed chatterbox（喋喋不休的人）.He knows that ninety nine percent fo human conversation means no more than the buzzing of a fly, but he is anxious to join in the buzz and to prove that he is a man and not a waxwork figure（蜡塑人像）.
The aim of conversation is not. For the most part, to communicate ideas ; it is to keep up the buzzing sound. There are, it must be admirted, different qualitics. of buzz;there is even a buzz that is as annoying as the continuous noise made bu a mosquito(蚊子).But at a dinner party one would rather be a mosquito than a quiet person. Most buzzing,forlunately,is pleasnnt to the ear,and some of it is pleasant even to the mind.He would be a foolish man if he waited until he had a wise thought to take pert in the buzzing with his neighbors.
Those who hate to pick up the weather as a conversational opening seem to me not to know the reason why human beings wish to talk. Very few human beings join in a conversation in the hope of learning anything new. Some of them are content it they are merely allowed to go on making a noise into other people’s ears, though they have nothing to tell them except that they have seen two or three new plays or that they had food in a Swiss hotel. At the end of an evening during which they have said nothing meaningful for a long time. they just prove themselves to be successful conversationists.
72. According to the author, people make conversation to .
A. exchange ideas
B. prove their value
C. achieve success in life
D. overcome their fear of sllence
73. By “the buzzing of a fly”(Para.1),the author means “ ”.
A. the noise of an insect
B. a low whispering sound
C. meaningless talks
D. the voice of a chatterbox
74. According to the passage, people usually talk to their neighbors .
A. about whatever they have prepared
B. about whatever they want do
C. in the hope of learning something new
D. in the hope of getting on well
75. What is the author’s purpose in writing the passage
A. To discuss why people like talking about weather.
B. To encourage people to join in conversations.
C. To persuade people to stop making noises.
D. To explain why people keep talking.
第Ⅱ卷（共35分）
注意事项：
第Ⅱ卷用0.5毫米黑色的签字笔或黑色墨水钢笔直接答在答题卡上。答在试题卷上无效。
第四部分：写作（共两节，满分35分）
短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
　　　　此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断：如无错误，在该行右边横线上画一个勾，如有错误（每行只有一个错误），则按下列情况改正：
　　　　此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线（\）划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线划掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（A），在该行右边横线上写出该加的词.
此行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该线在边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
（此题内容见答题卡）
书面表达（满分25分）
　　　　受某英文报的委托，你最近对高中生的英语阅读兴趣做了一次调查。请根据以下信息，用英语为该报写一篇100词左右的短文。短文的标题及首句已为你写好。
调查内容：在新闻、故事、科普、学习方法四种英文文章中，学生最喜欢哪一种
调查范围：湖北省的10所中学
调查对象：高中生
调查人数：1200
调查方式：访谈
调查结果：（见下图）
Reading Interests of Senior Middle School Students
Recent, scivery has been done to find out the reading interests of senior middle school students2006年上海市普通高等学校春季招生考试
英 语 试 卷
第I卷（105分）
I. Listening Comprehension.
Part A Short Conversations
Directions: In part A, you will hear ten short conversations between two speakers. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. The conversation and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a conversation and the question about it, read the four possible answers on your paper, and decide which one is the best answer to the question you have heard.
1. A. Fried chicken. B. Hamburgers. C. A pizza. D. Seafood.
2. A. A new job. B. A party. C. A new house. D. Some drinks.
3. A. She doesn't like reading. B. She's already read the book.
C. She is too busy to read the book. D. She's almost finished the book.
4. A. Frightening. B. Interesting. C. Enjoyable. D. Dull.
5. A. It is time that he won the scholarship. B. No one believes that he won the scholarship. C. He's surprised that he got the scholarship. D. He's glad to award the woman the scholarship.
6. A. The 4:40 bus. B. The 5:00 bus. C. The 5:20 bus. D. The 5:40 bus.
7. A. An airhostess. B. A cook. C. A waitress. D. A hotel manager.
8. A. At a police station. B. At a bank. C. At an employment agency. D. At a post office.
9. A. Someone helped him with the work. B. Someone has done the work for him. C. He didn't quite finish the work. D. He did the work alone.
10. A. He doesn't love jazz. B. He hasn't heard any music for a long time.
C. He'd prefer silence for a while. D. He'd like to listen to some jazz.
Part B Passages
Directions: In Part B, you will hear two short passages, and you will be asked three questions on each of the passages. The passages will be read twice, but the questions will be spoken only once. When you hear a question, read the four possible answers on your paper and decide which one would be the best answer to the question you have heard.
Questions 11 through 13 are based on the following passage.
11. A. 3 years. B. 4 years. C. 15 years. D.18 years.
12. A. A lawyer. B. A professor. C. An artist. D. An interpreter.
13. A. They've overcome their language problems. B. They overtook others in learning Russian. C. They still have problems speaking English. D. They worked in a restaurant to practise English.
Questions 14 through 16 are based on the following report.
14. A. The Spanish flu. B. The Asian flu. C. The Hong Kong flu. D. Bird flu.
15. A. In 1968. B. In the 21st century. C. In 1957. D. Over a century ago.
16. A. Bird flu viruses. B. Several kinds of flu. C. Causes of flu. D. Some most common viruses.
Part C Longer Conversations
Directions: In Part C, you will hear two longer conversations. The conversations will .be read twice. After you hear each conversation, you are required to fill in the numbered blanks with the information you have heard. Write your answers on your answer sheet.
Blanks 17 through 20 are based on the following conversation
KITCHEN ORDER FORM
TO (Supplier):
Standard items Quantity Notes
Cabbages Four __17__ White
__18__ 35 kilos __19__
Bananas __20__ kilos Imported
Peaches Not too good
Complete the form. Write ONE WORD for each answer
Blanks 21 through 24 are based on the following conversation
What did the man say about the chair It is the most reasonable and __21__.
What was the woman worried about The __22__ of the chair.
What did another customer do with these chairs He called to __23__.
How popular was the chair mentioned They have been selling like __24__.
Complete the form. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.
II. Grammar and Vocabulary
Directions: Beneath each of the following sentences there are four choices marked A, B, C and D. Choose the one answer that best completes the sentence.
25. More and more young people are fond ___ playing tennis nowadays.
A. on B. to C. in D. of
26. You know he is not going to let us leave early if we ___ get the work done.
A. can't B. may not C. shouldn't D. mustn't
27. Both sides have accused of breaking the contract ___.
A. another B. the other C. neither D. each
28. We ___ our new neighbors yet, so we don't know their names.
A. don't meet B. won't meet C. haven't met D. hadn't met
29. The parents suggested ___ in the hotel room but their kids were anxious to camp out during the trip.
A. sleep B. to sleep C. sleeping D. having slept
30. These shoes look very good. I wonder ___.
A. how much cost they are B. how much do they cost
C. how much they cost D. how much are they cost
31. Some experts think that language learning is much ___ for children as their tongues are more flexible.
A. easy B. easier C. easily D. more easily
32. ___ most of the earth’s surface is covered by water, fresh water is very rare and precious.
A. As B. Once C. If D. Although
33. Doris' success lies in the fact ___ she is co-operative and eager to learn from others.
A. which B. that C. when D. why
34. Just in front of our house ___ with a history of 1,000 years.
A. does a tall tree stand B. stands a tall tree
C. a tall tree is standing D. a tall tree stands
35. David said that it was because of his strong interest in literature ___ he chose the course.
A. that B. what C. why D. how
36. There are hundreds of visitors ___ in front of the Art Gallery to have a look at Van Gogh’s paintings.
A. waited B. to wait C. waiting D. wait
37. You can find whatever you need at the shopping centre, ___ is always busy at the weekend.
A. that B. where C. what D. which
38. ___ the employees' working efficiency, the supervisor will allow them to have a coffee break.
A. Improving B. To improve C. Having improved D. Improved
39. In the dream Peter saw himself ___ by a fierce wolf, and he woke suddenly with a start.
A. chased B. to be chased C. be chased D. having been chased
40. China has promised to revise its existing regulations and ___ new policies according to WTO requirements.
A. forming B. to form C. to be forming D. have formed
41. Put the ___ of your tongue against your upper teeth when you produce the sound.
A. tip B. top C. peak D. pole
42. Small cars are ___ of fuel, so they have more appeal for consumers.
A. free B. short C. typical D. economical
43. Sean's strong love for his country is ___ in his recently published poems.
A. relieved B. reflected C. responded D. recovered
44. The performer was waving his stick in the street and it ___ missed the child standing nearby.
A. narrowly B. nearly C. hardly D. closely
III. Cloze
Directions: For each blank in the following passages there are four words or phrases marked A, B, C and D. Fill in each blank with the word or phrase that best fits the context.
(A)
The term home schooling means educating children at home or in places other than a normal setting such as a public or private school. There are many reasons why parents choose home schooling for their children. Some parents are __45__ with the quality of education in the public schools. Others do not want their children to have to worry about “peer pressure”, or social pressure from friends. They say it may have a(n) __46__ effect on the child's studies. These parents __47__ this type of pressure will lead to bad behavior such as smoking, drinking alcohol, and taking drugs.
Bullying(欺负) from other students is another concern. Still other parents choose this type of __48__ for religious reasons. Whatever the __49__ may be, it is evident that more and more children are being taken out of normal schools every year. __50__, many questions have emerged, encouraging the debate over home schooling against public schooling.
What then is the future of education Will this new model of schooling replace normal schools Will computers and the Internet __51__ our classrooms and teachers As the debate continues, so do the questions about what home schoolers are studying at home. How can parents ensure that their children are prepared __52__ for college How are home schoolers assessed to make sure they are getting the same educational standards that school students must have
Finally, there are questions regarding the children's emotional development. Are they too __53__ their fellow students Are they __54__ the opportunity to get the social benefits of being in a large classroom of students As with any debatable issue, the answers to these questions are neither simple nor one-sided.
45. A. patient B. familiar C. pleased D. dissatisfied
46. A. active B. contrary C. important D. negative
47. A. care B. fear C. wish D. deny
48. A. activity B. education C. behavior D. belief
49. A. effects B. suggestions C. reasons D. pressures
50. A. As a result B. On the whole C. After all D. On the contrary
51. A. replace B. reserve C. represent D. release
52. A. gracefully B. emotionally C. academically D. financially
53. A. free from B. isolated from C. related to D. close to
54. A. providing B. making C. taking D. losing
(B)
Many people of my generation say that there is no hope for the future because of the way that young people behave today.
Their first argument is that when we were __55__ we used to look after the older people in our community and help them. They also say that young people today don't care about anything or anyone. __56__, I think the reason why we looked after older people was that we had no __57__. People had to live with their parents and grandparents because they had no money. Young people today earn more and have more freedom to live where they want. __58__ this, I think that they are still interested in older people. For example, young people often __59__ to help me when I get on and off the bus with heavy shopping.
Their second argument is that in our day we didn't __60__ to be given jobs —— and that young people now don't look for jobs, but just complain about unemployment. On the other hand, things were easier in the past and it was always easy to get a job __61__ you had friends and contacts. It is really harder today. Young people complain about unemployment and I think they have __62__ reason to complain.
In conclusion I think there is __63__ for the future. This generation, like generations before them, has new __64__ as well as old problems. If they learn from our mistakes the world will be a better place in future.
55. A. ignorant B. young C. childish D. innocent
56. A. Moreover B. Meanwhile C. Therefore D. However
57. A. trouble B. concept C. choice D. method
58. A. In addition to B. In spite of C. Due to D. As for
59. A. offer B. hesitate C. refuse D. mean
60. A. prepare B. regret C. decline D. expect
61. A. unless B. if C. until D. because
62. A. every B. no C. this D. another
63. A. possibility B. feasibility C. hope D. result
64. A. events B. questions C. hobbies D. opportunities
IV. Reading Comprehension
Directions: Read the following four passages. Each passage is followed by several questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A, B, C and D. Choose the one that fits best according to the information given in the passage your have just read.
( A )
A lot of people are familiar with the story of Brave Gelert, a dog that faithfully defended the prince’s son, but which was then killed while it was fast asleep through a terrible misunderstanding. However, only a few people know that the story is really a pack of lies. Let me explain.
About a hundred or so years ago there was a hotel owner in Wales who was fed up with business being so bad. His hotel was stuck in the middle of nowhere and hardly anyone came to stay. Then, one day, he had an idea. A famous prince called Llewellyn had lived in the area during the Middle Ages and had been keen on dogs. This is hardly surprising as hunting was extremely popular at that time. So what he did was to make up the story of the brave and faithful Gelert and how he had been killed by his ungrateful master.
Of course, people would be far more likely to believe the story if there was something they could see. So one day, the hotel keeper went to the top of a high hill and built a sort of monument from the stones he found lying around A friend of his, who was an accountant, helped him to construct it .The "tale" soon caught on and developed a life of its own. Afterwards, people came from far and wide to see the spot where the dog was buried. Needless to say, business became very good for the hotel owner.
65. According to the tale, the dog was killed by ___.
A. a hotel owner B. a famous accountant C. its master D. the prince's son
66. The owner of the hotel successfully improved his business by ___.
A. making up a story B. constructing a hotel on the hill
C. showing people around his hotel D. inviting a friend to help him
67. The hotel owner built the stone monument in order to
A. make more money B. remember the loyal dog C. show off D. honor the prince
68. What could be the best title for this passage
A. A Prince and His Dog B. A Profit - Making Lie C. A Magnificent Hotel D. A Faithful but Unlucky Dog
( B )
You can make the differencebetweenthis…and this
This summer, join the International Conservation Scouts on a fun - filled holiday with a difference. Year after year, young people from all around the world get together at one of our sixteen conservation (环境保护) camp. Their shared aim To help protect the countryside and its wildlife.Many animals and plants are in danger of disappearing forever. The dormouse, a kind of mouse, for example, needs woodland plants for food and trees to stay in. Its habitat (栖息地) is being destroyed by man and it needs our help to survive.On a conservation camp holiday you will learn all about nature and how to protect it. Our trained leaders will accompany you and tell you everything you need to know. Because of this you don' t need any experience, just energy and enthusiasm. You will explore the countryside and work to ensure the survival of hundreds of animals and plants and still have plenty of time to enjoy the camp’s excellent sports facilities and organized nature paths through beautiful scenery.The International Conservation Scouts is a worldwide organization, so there must be a camp near you, You can spend a splendid holiday at any of the camps for as little as f 60 including accommodation and food.For more information send for a free conservation camps handbook today.International Conservation ScoutsStanton St JohnOxford shire OX7 1TLTHEKEY TO SAVING WILDUFE IS TOFROTECT NATURAL HABITATS: YOUR WORKWILL MAKE A DIFFERCNCE
69. The main purpose of this passage is ___.
A. to offer young people a fun - filled holiday
B. to attract young people to attend a conservation camp
C. to persuade people into exploring the countryside
D. to raise funds for the International Conservation Scouts
70. According to the passage, you can ___ at the conservation camps.
A. experiment on the dormouse B. practise your favorite hobbies
C. enrich your knowledge of wildlife D. have free accommodation and food
71. Judging from the writing style of the passage, it is ___.
A. a piece of advertisement B. a science report
C. a passage for professional reading D. a passage for arguing an opinion
( C )
In some children who go blind, certain parts of the brain that normally control vision appear to switch jobs and focus instead on sound, a new study has found.
The study, by researchers at the University of Montreal, involved 7 adults who could see and 12 adults who had lost their vision when they were children. Each participant sat in a room with 16 loudspeakers at different locations. The room was designed so that there were no echoes. During the experiment, the speakers irregularly produced sounds. Participants had to point to where the sounds were coming from. Meanwhile, the researchers monitored blood flow in the brains of the participants to see which brain structures were working during the task.
The results showed that five of the blind participants were very good at pointing to where sounds were coming from. In these people, blood flow increased in the visual cortex- an area at the back of the right side of the brain. This part of the brain is usually associated with vision.
The other seven blind participants showed no increase in activity in the visual cortex. These people didn't do very well at picking out where sounds were coming from. Now, the researchers are looking at whether these people have gained an enhanced sense of touch instead of sound to replace their lost vision.
The scientists say that their study shows how adaptable parts of the brain can be.
72. The purpose of the experiment described in the passage is to find whether
A. blind children can regain their sight
B. blind people have a better sense of sound
C. the sense of touch is better among blind people
D. blood flow in the brains of blind people is slower
73. The participants of the experiment were asked ___.
A. to tell the difference between 16 sounds
B. to take down the time each sound lasted
C. to identify the direction the sound came from
D. to detect the number of the loudspeakers.
74. During the experiment, blood flow in the brains of the participants was measured in order to ___.
A. learn about the way they react to echoes
B. look for the way of enhancing hearing ability
C. find which parts of the brain were functioning
D. expose the relationship between seeing and touching
75. Which of the following statements best summarizes the main idea of the passage
A. Most blind people have a well - developed sense of touch.
B. People go blind because of the breakdown of their visual cortex.
C. Most blind people have a better sense of sound than normal people.
D. Human brains can adjust themselves after the loss of a certain function.
(D)
Indian's snake charmers are to be retrained as wildlife teachers under a plan to prevent their unique skills and knowledge from being lost. The charmers, who make snakes dance to the sound of flutes(笛子), used to be a traditional feature of Indian life, performing in towns and villages, until they were banned in 1972 to control the trade in snake skins.
The government is now considering a plan to train the saperas, as they are known, to visit schools and zoos to tell children about forests and wildlife. There is also a proposal to set up a “dial a snake charmer” service to help householders to deal with unwelcome intruders.
“For generations they have been a feature of Indian life but now they can't earn a living for fear of arrest,” said Behar Dutt, a conservationist behind the plans, “if a policeman doesn’t catch them, animal rights activists report them.”
Many snake charmers have continued to work clandestinely since the ban, despite the threat of up to three years in jail. But their trademark cloth-covered baskets, hung from a bamboo pole carried across their shoulders, make them an easy target for police.
The fate of Shisha Nath, 56, from Badarpur, a village just outside of Delhi, is typical of practitioners(从业者) of the dying art. “I used to earn enough to support my family and send my children to school, "he said. "Now it's hard to earn even f, 1 a day. My children want to be snake charmers. It’s our identity. We love the work. But it s become impossible.
Next month Dutt’s project to train 30 snake charmers will begin at a snake park in Pune, western India, where experts will enrich their home-grown skills with some formal knowledge.
More than the law, though, it is the dishonest attitude of their fellow countryman that angers many snake charmers.
"'We're disturbed all the time but when people want a snake removed from the house, they rush to us," said Prakash Nath, who was ordered recently to the home of Sonia Gandhi, the Congress party leader.
76. According to the passage, snake charmers will be retrained as wildlife teachers mainly because___.
A. schools need large numbers of such teachers
B. most of them cannot support their families
C. their performances on the street are banned
D. the government plans to save the dying art
77. The purpose of the proposed "dial a snake charmer" telephone service is ___.
A. to give performance of snake dancing
B. to teach householders how to catch and kill snakes
C. to offer cleaning service to wealthy householders
D. to help remove unwanted snakes from the houses
78. The word "clandestinely" in paragraph 4 can be best replaced by the word "___"
A. secretly B. publicly C. subconsciously D. diligently
79. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage
A. Snake charmers can easily be recognized by the police on the street.
B. Children of snake charmers would not like to continue their fathers' job.
C. Snake charmers are quite angry with the attitude of their fellow countrymen.
D. The animal rights activists take a negative attitude towards snake charmers.
( E )
Directions: Read the following text and choose the most suitable heading from A-F for each paragraph. There is one extra heading, which you do not need.
A. Tuvaluan people became rich overnightB. Signs of sinking have appeared on TuvaiuC. The news came that the country would be drownedD. Tuvaluan people have suffered from serious diseasesE. Desire to enjoy life has caused serious consequencesF. Tuvaluan people are improving their living standards despite the rising sea
80. ___
If you suddenly received a lot of money, how would you spend it For the people of Tuvalu, a tiny state comprising nine islands in the South Pacific, something unusual happened. In 1999 Tuvalu, with its population of 11,000,was the third poorest state in the world. Later, Tuvalu received a domain name on the Internet —— the letters “.tv”. A communication company from California quickly offered to buy the domain name for $ 40 million. The islanders became very rich.
81. ___
At the same time the islanders received some very bad news. Due to global warming, and because the islands are only 3m above sea level, Tuvalu will probably become the first state in the world to disappear under the sea. According to scientific estimates, the islands will suffer severe floods within the next 15 - 20 years, and by the end of the century, the islands will have disappeared from sight altogether.
82. ___
You can already see signs of the rising sea on Tuvalu. Pools of seawater appear here and there, some beaches are swallowed by the waves, and the roots of trees are rotting by the ocean. The rains cause temporary floods.
83. ___
But despite these problems, the Tuvaluan had their new money. Paul Lindsay, a documentary film - maker, went all the way to Tuvalu, and came back with an incredible story. As the water rises, the Tuvaluan are using the money to develop the land that is soon to disappear. They are building new houses, planning nightclubs, restaurants and hotels, and new cars are driving around on new roads. "Just because we are sinking, it doesn't mean we don't want to raise our standards of living." Lindsay was told by Sam Teo, Tuvalu' s minister for natural resources.
84. ___
Of the $ 40 million Tuvalu received through the Internet deal, $ 10 million was used to asphalt the islands' L9km of roads. Before 1999 there were four cars on the islands. The Tuvaluan used to walk or cycle everywhere. There was a flood of imported foods and goods and soon these had unexpected consequences. The Tuvaluan people now suffer from diseases such as obesity, high blood pressure and diabetes. Others discovered that it was too expensive for them to keep their cars. There is now a huge rubbish dump in the middle of this tropical paradise, covered with abandoned cars and other waste.
第II卷（共45分）
I . Translation
Directions: Translate the following sentences English, using the words given in the brackets.
昨天我的电脑坏了。(wrong)
为了保持健康，我们经常参加体育锻炼。(To…)
躺在草地上听音乐真是惬意。(It…)
物理课上，他没听懂王教授所讲的内容。(fail)
是否在黄浦江上再建一座大桥，委员们意见不一。(agree)
我向她请教，她总是有求必应，而且解释得令我十分满意。(satisfaction)
II. Guided Writing
Directions: Write an English composition in 120 – 150 words according to the instructions given in below in Chinese
简单描述你的居住现状，并发挥想象力，描绘你理想中的家园。
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2006年上海市普通高等学校春季招生考试
英 语 试 卷
参考答案及评分标准
第I卷
第一大题第1至第10小题，每题1分；第11至16小题，每题2分；第17至第24小题，每题1分。共30分。
1 – 5 DBCDC 6 – 10 CABAD 11 – 15 BCAAD 16 B
17. boxes 18. Potatoes / potatoes 19. ordinary 20. 15 21. comfortable 22. colour / color 23. order another (one) 24. hot cakes
听力评分标准
1．17 – 24题， 每小题1分。
2．17、18、19、20、21、22题，每拼错 / 漏写 / 误写一个单词扣1分
3．23、24、题，每拼错 / 漏写 / 误写一个单词扣0.5分
25 – 29 DABCC 30 – 34 CBDBB 35 – 39 ACDBA 40 – 44 BADBA 45 – 49 DDBBC 50 – 54 AACBD 55 – 59 BDCBA 60 – 64 DBACD
第四大题第65至79小题，每题2分；第80至84小题，每题1分。共35分。
65 – 69 CAABB 70 – 74 CABCC 75 – 79 DDDAB 80 – 84 ACBFE
第II卷
翻译 共20分
There was something wrong with my computer yesterday.
To keep fit, we often take part in physical exercises.
It is pleasant lying on the grass and enjoying the music.
In the physics class, he failed to understand what Professor Wang was talking about.
The members of the committee / The committee can not agree on whether to build another bridge over / across the Huangpu River.
Every time I ask her for advice, she is always ready to help, and explains to my full satisfaction.
- 1 -2006年高考试题上海卷英语听力试题
Listening comprehension
　　Part A Short Conversations
　　1. -Were you here on March 5th
　　-Mm, not really. In fact I arrived three days later.
　　Q: When did the woman arrive
　　2. -Is this the Eastern Airline check-in
　　-Yes. Can I see your ticket, please
　　Q: Where does the conversation probably take place
　　3. -What did you do on the beach
　　-You know, made sand castles that sort of things, and hunted for shells.
　　Q: What are the two speakers probably talking about
　　4. -Paul, are you taking the bus or the underground to your office
　　-My doctor suggests I walk, not even cycle.
　　Q: How will the man go to his office
　　5. -Would you like to go to the movies with me this evening？
　　-I’d love to. But I’m just getting over the flue.
　　Q: What will the woman probably do this evening？
　　6. -Yes, madam. What seems to be the problem
　　-I’d like to report a robbery. It’s my car. It’s been stolen.
　　Q: What’s probably the man’s occupation
　　7. -Would you like to go to the ballet next Friday I’ve got two tickets.
　　-Oh, that sounds like fun.
　　Q: How does the woman feel
　　8. -What about going for a bike-ride It stopped rain ( http: / / yule. / s2006 / Rian / " \t "_blank )ing half an hour ago.
　　-But the road might still be wet.
　　Q: What does the woman mean
　　9. -How many more cups should we get for the picnic
　　-Don’t we have enough by now
　　Q: What does the man imply
　　10. -Have you completed your assignment
　　-My computer isn’t affected with a virus.
　　Q: What does the man imply
　　Part B Passages
　　5 years ago, I had to make a big decision. At that time, I was working for a small engineering company. However, thing were not going very well for the company and it was losing money. One day, the boss told us that the company was out of business. We were all unemployed. That lunch time we went to the pub as usual. We were all very depressed. While of course, we talked about the problem. Then the landlord of the pub heard the news. He said, “Why don’t you buy the company.” At first we all laughed and then we started to discuss it properly. We knew the problems. The company had lost a lot of customers because it hadn’t developed new products, but finally we decided to go for it. So we bought the company. The first few years were very difficult. But we worked hard and we had a bit of luck. We began to improve 3 years ago. Since then we have done pretty well. Last years we took on 4 new people. And so far this year we have taken on another ten.
　　11. Who bought the company that was out of business
　　12. When did the company start to employ new people
　　13. What did the story mainly tell us
　　Now it’s 8:00, time for the educational report. GCSE is the British exam taken by the students in England and Wales around the age of 16. Recently researchers at university have confirmed the doubt of many parents and employers that some GCSEs are easier than others, despite official claims that each subject is equally difficult. The researchers found that sciences and modern languages were the hardest GCSEs to do well in. Chemistry ranked the hardest of the major subjects followed by physics and French. They also found that regardless of the ability students were more likely to gain good grades in easier subjects than in chemistry or French. Drama was the easiest GCSE to do well in, followed by physics education, media studies, English, English literature and religions studies. The number of test takers in physical education and religious studies rose faster than in any other subjects last year. More than 144,000 pupils set GCSEs in physical education last summer, an increase of 7.5 percent, and 147,500 took the religious studies exam, arise of 4.6%. However, it was the problem for the country if pupils avoided hard subjects. Fewer peoples would go on to study languages or sciences at A level and university. Even though they were important to Britain’s future development.
　　14 What is the most difficult subject according to the research
　　15 How many pupils took the test of physical education last year
　　16 What does the report mainly tell us about the GCSEs.
　　Part C Dialogues
　　(一)
　　W: Hello, Yellow Cab Service, can I help you
　　M: Yes, I’d like to book a taxi.
　　W: May I know your name, Sir
　　M: Yes, it’s John Smith.
　　W: John Smith. When would you like your taxi
　　M: Tuesday, June 8th, I’m leaving very early in the morning.
　　W: Where to, sir
　　M: To the airport.
　　W: When shall we meet you then
　　M: 99 Chemis street, near Collington Restaurant.
　　W: What time world you like us to meet you
　　M: 5:30
　　W: 5:30, June 8th, OK. Could you leave your telephone number
　　M: Yes, it’s 54229738.
　　W: OK. I’ve got it. Thank you for calling us.
　　Compete the form; write one word for each answer.
　　(二)
　　-Hello, front desk.
　　-Yes.
　　-This is Mitaly Tridow in Room 504.
　　-Well, yes. How can I help you, Miss Tridow
　　-I want to take a shower, but there is no hot water.
　　-I can’t understand that. Have you turned the handle all the way to the right
　　-I’ve been trying to get hot water for 10 minutes. It’s freezing cold.
　　-Well, a lot of people take showers before breakfast. Maybe if you wait a while, it’ll heat up again.
　　-Wait I have three appointments this morning, and I also have to wash and dry my hair.
　　-Your shower has absolutely no hot water
　　-No, none.
　　-I will send someone up right way.
　　-Who will that be
　　-The engineer. He is responsible for maintaining all the buildings. He will be there within 2 minutes.
　　-OK. But don’t send anyone for 5 minutes. I need to get dressed.
　　Compete the form; write no more than 3 words for each answer.
　　
PAGE
32006年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试（湖北卷）解析
英 语
本试卷分第Ⅰ卷（选择题）和第Ⅱ卷（非选择题）两部分，满分150分.考试用时120分钟.
第Ⅰ卷（三部分，共115分）
注意事项：
1．答题前，务必将自己的姓名、准考证号填写在试题卷和答题卡上，并将准考证号条形码粘贴在答题卡上的指定位置。
2．每小题选出答案后，用2B铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。如需改动，用橡皮擦干净后，再选涂其他答案标号。答在试题卷上无效。
3．考试结束，监考人员将本试题卷和答题卡一并收回。
第一部分：听力（共两节，满分30分）
做题时，先将答案划在试卷上。录音内容结束后，你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上的答案转涂到答题卡。
第一节（共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分）
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1.What kind of person is the man
A. He is friendly. B. He is honest. C. He is funny.
2. What was said about the woman's sister .
A. She didn't go to school B. She had an accident C. She was badly hurt.
3. What is the man doing at the airport
A. Answering a passenger's question.
B. Leaving for New York City.
C. Waiting for his sister.
4. What did the woman ask the man
A. Whether he could let her use his office.
B. Whether he had to work on the weekend.
C. Whether he could help her with her project
5. What does the man mean
A His brother is coming to celebrate his birthday.
B. His brother will give him a birthday present
第二节 （共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分）
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几道小题，从每题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有5秒钟时间阅读每小题。听完后，每小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白你将听两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。
6. What is the man doing
A Reading a popular science book. B. Making comments on a novel.
C. Watching a popular science film.
7. What does the woman think of popular science films
A. They are dull B. They are okay. C. They are interesting.
听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。
8. What do we know about 'the daughter
A. She went to the Students' Union last night.
B. She stayed with her boyfriend last night
C. She came back home late last night
9. What is the father's worry about his daughter
A. She might have been to a wild party.
B. She might have been out with a singer.
C. She might have been to a political meeting.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
10. What is the woman NOT satisfied with
A. The post office. B. The man' s answer.
C. The quality of the service.
11. How does the man respond to the woman's problem
A. Warmly. B. Politely. C. Nervously.
12.What did the man offer to do
A. Provide a new radio. B. Correct the address. C. Repair the radio.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
13.What does the woman think of her present job
A. It is challenging. B. It is promising. C. It is boring.
14.Which of the following is required for the job in the paper .
A. A degree and an active mind.
B. Work experience in Germany and France.
C. A lively character and an interest in traveling.
15.What did the woman decide to do next
A. Visit the agency. B. Apply for the job. C. Stay with her company.
16. What does the man think of the woman's decision
A. It is wise. B. It is crazy. C. It is surprising.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
17. What is the main purpose of the speech
A. To tell the students how to collect rubbish.
B. To compare different recycling programs.
C. To encourage the students to join in a recycling program.
18. According to the program, where should plastic bags be put
A. Into white cans. B. Into blue cans C. Into pink cans.
19.According to the speaker, why are many recycling programs NOT successful
A. Because most recycling rules are not clear.
B. Because most collecting tasks are too difficult
C. Because most people are unwilling to sort rubbish.
20. What is the job for the volunteers
A. To sort the collected rubbish and then deliver it
B. To collect the sorted rubbish and then deliver it
C. To collect the sorted rubbish and then recycle it.
第二部分：英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节: 单项填空(共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分)
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
21. To make members Of a team perform better, the trainer first of all has to know their _____ and weaknesses.
A. strengths B. benefits C. techniques D. values
22. One of the best ways for people to keep fit is to______ healthy eating habits.
A. grow B develop C. increase D. raise
23. The ______on his face told me that he was angry.
A. impression B. sight C. appearance D. expression
24. At tile meeting they discussed three different ______to the study of mathematics.
A. approaches B. means C. methods D. ways
25. It's already 10 o'clock I wonder how it _______ that she was two hours late on such a short trip.
A. came over B. came out C: came about D. came up
26. The building around the comer caught fire last night. The police are now _____the matter.
A. geeing through B. working out C. looking into D. watching over
27. As I grew up in a small town at the foot of a mountain, the visit to the village ______scenes of my childhood.
A. called up B. called for C. called on D. called in
28. Although the wind has ______, the rain remains steady, so you still need a raincoat.
A. turned up B. gone back C. died down D. blown out
29. -- I was wondering if we could go skiing on the weekend.
-- _______good.
A. Sound B. Sounded C. Sounding D. Sounds
30. I'm certain David's told you his business troubles. ______, it's no secret that he owes a lot of money to the bank.
A. However B. Anyway C. Therefore D. Though
31. __________ fired, your health care and other benefits will not be immediately cut off.
A. Would you be B. Should you be C. Could you be D. Might you be
32. I won't tell the student the answer to the math problem until he ____on it for more than an hour.
A. has been working B. will have worked
C. will have been working D. had worked
33. AIDS is said ______ the biggest health challenge to both men and women in that area over the past few years.
A. that it is B. to be C. that it has been D. to have been
34. Don't sit there ________ e and help me with this table.
A. do B. to do C. doing D. and doing
35. --You know who came yesterday
--Yao Ming . We had a basketball match.
-- ________He came and watched the game.
A. You guessed it! B. How did you know that
C. Well done! D. That was good news!
第二节：完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分）
阅读下面短文，从短文后所给各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
In the city of Fujisawa, Japan, lives a woman named Atsuko Saeki When she was a teenager, she 36 of going to the United States. Most of what she knew about American 37 was from the textbooks she had read. "I had a 38 in mind: Daddy watching TV in the living room,
Mummy 39 cakes and their teenage daughter off to the cinema with her boyfriend."
Atsuko 40 to attend college in California. When she arrived, however, she found it was not her 41 world.' "People were struggling with problems and often seemed 42 ," she said. "I felt very alone."
One of her hardest 43 was physical education. "We played volleyball." she said.
"The other students were 44 it, but I wasn't."
One afternoon, the instructor asked Atsuko to 45 the ball to her teammates so they could knock it 46 the net- NO problem for most people, but it terrified Atsuko. She was afraid of losing face 47 she failed.
A young man on her team 48 What she was going through." He walked up to me and 49 , 'Come on. You can do that'"
"You will never understand how those words of 50 made me feel.. Four words: You can do that I felt like crying with happiness"
She made it through the class. Perhaps she thanked the young man; she is not 51 .
Six years have passed. Atsuko is back in Japan, working as a salesclerk. "I have 52 forgotten the words." she said. "When things are not going so well, I think of them."
She is sure the young man had no idea how much his kindness 53 to her. "He probably doesn't even remember it," she said. That may be the lesson. Whenever you say something to a person cruel or kind---you have no idea how long the words will 54. She's all the way over in Japan, but still she hears those four 55 words: You can do that.
36. A. learned B. spoke C. dreamed D. heard
37. A. way B. life C. education D. spirit
38. A. photo B. painting C. picture D. drawing
39. A. baking B. frying C. steaming D. boiling
40. A. hoped B. arranged C. liked D. attempted
41. A. described B. imagined C. created D. discovered
42. A. tense B. cheerful C. relaxed D. deserted
43. A. times B. question C. classes D. projects.
44. A. curious about B. good at C. slow at D. nervous about
45. A. kick B. pass C. carry D. hit
46. A. through B. into C. over D. past
47. A. after B. if C. because D. until
48. A. believed B. considered C. wondered D. sensed
49. A. warned B. sighed C. ordered D. whispered
50. A. excitement B. encouragement C. persuasion D. suggestion
51. A. interested B. doubtful C. puzzled D. sure
52. A. never B. already C. seldom D. almost
53. A. happened B. applied C. seemed D. meant
54. A. continue B. stay C. exist D. live
55. A. merciful B. bitter C. simple D. easy
第三部分：阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分）
阅读下列短文，从每篇短文后所给各题的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
Join the thousands of professionals and international travelers who depend on Chanps- Elysees Schau ins Land, Puerta del Sol, and Acquerello italiano to help them stay in touch with the languages and cultures they love. Designed to help you greatly improve your listening, vocabulary, and cultural IQ, these unique European audio-magazines (有声杂志) are guaranteed (保证) to give you enthusiasm and determination to study the language - or your money back
Each audio-magazine consists of an hour-long programme on CD or DVD. You'll hear interviews with well-known Europeans, passages covering current events and issues as well as feature stories on the culture you love. A small book. which goes with CD or DVD, contains a complete set of printed materials, notes (background notes included) averaging 600 words and expression translated into English. The result you build fluency month in and month out.
To help you integrate language study into your busy life, we've made each audio- magazine convenient. Work on language fluency while driving to work, exercising, or cooking--- anytime and anywhere you want
Best of alt each programme is put together by professional broadcasters journalists, and editors who have a strong interest in European languages and cultures. That enthusiasm comes through in every edition. From New York to London to Singapore the users tell us no company produces a better product for language learners at all levels Ring for more information, or order at WWW. . We guarantee that you have nothing to lose if it's not for you; let us know within 6 weeks and we will completely reimburse you.
56. The audio-magazines in the passage are_____________.
A. published in European languages
B. read on the computer screen
C. designed in the form of small-sized books
D. broadcast on television and the radio
57. The audio-magazines are mainly for_________.
A. European journalists B. professional travelers
C. language learners D. magazine collectors
58. What is mentioned as a feature of the audio-magazines
A. They are translated into English. B. They are convenient for the users.
C. They are very easy to read D. They are cheap and popular.
59. What does the underlined part "reimburse you" probably mean
A. Return the money you paid. B. Change the product you bought.
C. Offer you a free repair. D. Guarantee you the quality.
B
Have you ever received a gift that was so dearly, not your taste that you wondered if perhaps it had been handed to you by mistake Worse, have you ever given a present and watched your friend look as though she had opened the wrong box Maybe she responded with a polite "Why, thank you," but you knew you had missed the mark. Why do presents sometimes go wrong And what do your choices (good and bad) reflect about your persona] qualities
Choosing the right gift is an art, I believe. It calls for empathy -- the ability to put yourself into someone else's head and heart We're all able to do this; in fact, we're born with a kind of natural empathy. After the earliest period of childhood, however, it needs to be reinforced (加强)--by our parents, teachers, friends. When it isn't, we're not able to understand other people's feelings as sharply. This can show in the gifts we select, and so can many other emotional (情感的) qualities.
Think back to the presents you’ve given over the past year, the time and effort you put into your selection, how much you spent, your thoughts while you were shopping, and your feelings when the receiver opened the package. Keep in mind that what you choose displays your inner world. (Y/course, you may express yourself differently with different friends, relatives, and other people you know.
We live in a society where exchanging presents is an important part of communication. Ignoring the tradition won't make it go away. If you really dislike such a tradition, tell your friends ahead of time.
60. The underlined expression "you had missed the mark" means "you had failed to _____'.
A. make her feel better B. keep your friendship
(2. receive a present in return D. get the expected effect
61. Which of the following is the main idea of the second paragraph
A. Natural empathy needs to be reinforced.
B. Emotional changes influence one's choice of gifts.
C. Selecting the right gift is an ability people are born with.
D. Choosing gifts requires one to understand the receivers.
62. In the third paragraph, the author tells us that________..
A. attention should be paid to the receivers' responses
B. one learns from what he did in the past
C. the choice of gifts reflects one's emotional qualities
D. one should spend more time choosing gifts
63. The best possible title for this passage is “_______”.
A. Ways of Choosing Gifts B. An Important Tradition
C. Exchanging Presents D. Message in a Gift
C
The young boy saw me, or rather, he saw the car and quickly ran up to me, eager to sell his bunches (串) of bananas and bags of peanuts. Though he appeared to be about twelve, he seemed to have already known the bitterness of life. "Banana 300 naira. Peanuts 200 naira"
He said in a low voice. I bargained him down to 200 total for the fruit and nuts. When he agreed, I handed him a 500 naira bill He didn't have change, so I told him not to worry.
He .said thanks and smiled a row of perfect teeth.
When, two weeks later, I saw the boy again, I was more aware of my position in a society where it's not that uncommon to see a little boy who should be in school standing on the comer selling fruit in the burning sun. My parents had raised me to be aware of the advantage we had been afforded and the responsibility it brought to us.
I pulled over and rolled down my window. He had a bunch of bananas and a bag of peanuts ready. I waved them away. “What's up”. I asked him. “I...I don't have money to buy books for school.” I reached into my pocket and handed him two fresh 500 naira bills.
"Will this help ” I asked. He looked around nervously before taking the money. One thousand naira was a lot of money to someone whose family probably made about 5,000 naira or less each year. "Thank you, sir," he said. 'Thank you very much.”
When driving home, I wondered if my little friend actually used the money for school-books. What if he's a cheat (骗子) And then I wondered why I did it Did I do it to make myself feel better Was I using him Later, I realized that I didn't know his name or the least bit about him, nor did I think to ask.
Over the next six months, I was busy working in a news agency in northern Nigeria. Sometime after I returned, I went out for a drive When I was about to pull over, the boy suddenly appeared by my window with a big smile ready on his face
"oh, gosh! Long time."
"Are you in school now ” I asked.
He nodded.
"That's good," I said. A silence fell as we looked at each other, and then I realized what he wanted. "Here," I held out a 500 naira bill. "Take this.” He shook his head and stepped back as if hurt. "What's wrong ” I asked. "It's a gift"
He shook his head again and brought his hand from behind his back. HIS face shone with sweat (汗水)。 He dropped a bunch of bananas and a bag of peanuts in the front seat before he said, "I've been waiting to give these to you."
64. What was the author's first impression of the boy
A. He seemed to be poor and greedy. B. He seemed to have suffered a lot
C. He seemed younger than his age. D. He seemed good at bargaining
65. The second time the author met the boy, the boy________.
A. told him his purpose of selling fruit and nuts
B. wanted to express his thanks
C. asked him for money for his schoolbooks
D. tried to take advantage of him
66. Why did the author give his money to the boy
A. Because he had enough money to do that.
B. Because he had learnt to help others since childhood.
C. Because he held a higher position in the society.
D. Because he had been asked by the news agency to do so.
67. Which of the following best describes the boy
A. Brave and polite. B. Kind and smart
C. Honest and thankful. D. Shy and nervous.
D
An environmental group called the Food Commission is unhappy and disappointed because of the sale of bottled water from Japan. The water, it angrily argues an public, has traveled 10,000 "food miles" before it reaches Western customers. "Transporting water halfway across the world is
surely the extremely stupid use of fuel when there is plenty of water in the UK." It is also worried that we are wasting our fuel by buying prawns(对虾) from Indonesia (7,000 food miles) and carrots from Sooth Africa (5,900 food miles).
Counting the number of miles traveled by a product is a strange way of trying to tell the true situation of the environmental damage clone by an industry. Most food is transported around the world on container ships that are extremely energy-efficient (高能效的). It should be noted that a ton of butter transported 25 miles in a truck to a farmers' market does not necessarily use less fuel on its journey than a similar product transported hundreds of miles by sea. Besides, the idea of "food miles" ignores the amount of fuel used in the production. It is possible to cut down your food miles by buying tomatoes grown in Britain rather than those grown in Ghana; the difference is that the British ones will have been raised in heated greenhouses and the Ghanaian ones in the open sun.
What the idea of "food miles” does provide, however, is the chance to cut out Third World countries from First World food markets. The number of miles traveled by our food should, as I see it, be regarded as a sign of the success of the global (全球的) trade system, not a sign of damage to the environment.
68. The Food Commission is angry because it thinks that_______
A. UK wastes a lot of money importing food products
B. some imported goods cause environmental damage
C. growing certain vegetables damages the environment
D. people waste energy buying food from other countries
69. The phrase "food miles" in the passage refers to the distance _______.
A. that a food product travels to a market
B. that a food product travels from one market to another
C. between UK and other food producing countries
D. between a Third World country and a First World food market
70. By comparing tomatoes raised in Britain and in Ghana, the author tries to explain that ______
A. British tomatoes are healthier than Ghanaian ones
B. Ghanaian tomatoes taste better than British ones
C. cutting down food miles may not necessarily save fuel
D. protecting the environment may cost a lot of money
71. From the passage we know that the author is most probably.__
A. a supporter of free global trade
B. a member of the Food Commission
C. a supporter of First World food markets
D. a member of an energy development group
E
Silence is unnatural to man. He begins life with a cry and ends it in stillness. In between he does all he can to make a noise in the world, and he feats silence more than anything else. Even his conversation is an attempt to prevent a fearful silence. If he is introduced to another person, and a number of pauses occur in the conversation, he regards himself as a failure, a worthless person, and is full of envy of the emptiest headed chatterbox (喋喋不休的人). He knows that ninety-nine percent of human conversation means no more than the buzzing of a fly, but he is anxious to join in the buzz and to prove that he is a man and not a waxwork figure (蜡塑人像).
The aim of conversation is not, for the most part, to communicate ideas; it is to keep up the buzzing sound. There are, it must be admitted, different qualities of buzz; there is even a buzz that is as annoying as the continuous noise made by a mosquito (蚊子). But at a dinner party one would rather be a mosquito than a quiet person. Most buzzing, fortunately, is pleasant to the ear, and some of it is pleasant even to the mind. He would be a foolish man if he waited until he had a wise thought to take part in the buzzing with his neighbours.
Those who hate to pick up the weather as a conversational opening seem to me not to know the reason why human beings wish to talk. Very few human beings join in a conversation in the hope of learning anything new. Some of them are content if they are merely allowed to go on making a noise into other peoples ears, though they have nothing to tell them except that they have seen two or three new plays or that they had food in a Swiss hotel At the end of an evening during which they have said nothing meaningful for a long time, they just prove themselves to be successful conservationists
72. According to the author, people make conversation to ______
A. exchange ideas B. prove their value
C. achieve success in life D. overcome their fear of silence
73. By "the buzzing of a fly" (Para. 1), the author means"________”
A. the noise of an insect B. a low whispering sound
C. meaningless talks D. the voice of a chatterbox
74. According to the passage, people usually ______talk to their neighbors ______.
A. about whatever they have prepared
B. about whatever they want to
C. in the hope of learning something new
D. in the hope of getting on well
75. What is the author's purpose in writing the passage ________.
A. To discuss why people like talking about weather.
B. To encourage people to join in conversations.
C. To persuade people to stop making noises.
D. To explain why people keep talking.
第二卷
第四部分：写作（共两节，满分35）
注意事项：
第II卷用0.5毫米黑色的签字笔或黑色墨水钢笔直接答在答题卡上。答在试题卷上无效。
第一节 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断：如无错误，在该行右边的横线上划（√）；如有错误（每行只有一个错误），则按下列情况改正：
此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线划掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（^），在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
Growing Up is not easy. Sometime/all that is need 76.
is someone to rely on. For many years, she was Mum 77.
My mother was a career woman and had her own 78.
problems to take care, but when I needed her, she 79.
was always there. Her strength came frond anywhere 80.
I don't quite know, somewhere very deep. She
was so strong that she would never break down, even while I 81.
went to her with all my little-boy problems and shout 82.
at her. Her strength made me stronger and gave to me 83.
courage to try things other thought were impossible. A 84.
helping hand is always stronger enough to lift you up. 85.
第二节 书面表达 （满分25分）
受某英文报的委托，你最近对高中生的英语阅读兴趣做了一次调查。请根据以下信息，用英语为该报写一篇100左右的短文。短文的标题及首句已为你写好。
调查内容：在新闻、故事、科普、学习方法四种英文文章中，学生最喜欢哪一种。
调查范围：湖北省的10所中学
调查对象：高中生
调查人数：1000
调查方式：访谈
调查结果：（见下图）
选择各类英文文章的人数的百分比
Key to 1-75
1. B 2. B 3.C 4.A 5.B. 6.A 7.B 8.C 9.A 10.C 11.B 12.A 13.C 14.A 15.B 16.A 17.C 18.A 19. C 20. B 21.A 22. B 23 D 24.A 25.C 26.C 27.A 28.C 29. D 30. B 31. B 32.A 33. D 34.C 35.A 36.C 37.B 38.C 39.A 40. B 41. B 42.A 43.C 44. B 45. D 46.C 47. B 48. D 49.D 50. B 51. D 52.A 53.D 54. B 55.C 56. A 57.C 58. B 59. A 60.D 61. D 62.C 63. D 64. B 65. A 66. B 67.C 68. D 69. A 70.C 7l.A 72. D 73.C 74. B 75. D 76.needed 77. it 78. ~/ 79. of 80.somewhere 81. when(though/if) 82.shouted 83. to. 84. others 85. strong
One possible Version
Reading Interests of Senior Middle School Students
Recently a survey has been done to find out the reading interests of senior middle school students. In this survey, one thousand senior middle school students from ten schools in Hubei Province were interviewed. They were asked which they liked reading most among the four categories of English articles: news, stories, popular science articles and articles about learning methods.
The survey shows that more than half of the students like to read news most. Twenty-six percent of the students say that English stories are their favorite. Only seven percent of the students are most interested in reading articles about learning methods. However, the number of students who enjoy reading popular science articles doubles that of those who prefer reading articles about learning methods.2006浙江英语高考作文答案赏析
Film or book, which do you prefer
1. Some of us think that it is better to see the film than to read the book in the original. 2. The reason is that it takes less time to understand the whole story. 3. Besides, the film is usually more interesting, and it is easier to follow.
4. Some others have just the opposite opinion. 5. They think that they can get more detailed information from the original. 6. Meanwhile, the language in the book is possibly more lively and beautiful.
7. Personally, I agree with the second view. 8. Actually I have more reasons for it. 9. I think I can stay at home reading quietly in a situation of my own, and what’s more, I am able to understand the author’s ideas. 10. In a word, to read the original work is better than to see the film based on it.
书面表达题的情景设计新颖、真实，贴近考生实际生活。在设计试题的同时，为考生发表自己的观点留出了较大的空间，考生可以根据自己的见解和语言表达能力来叙述自己的观点，较好地体现了新课程的理念。
所给答案为三段式，层次分明，结构清晰。一、二两段都是总分式。即首句陈述自己的观点，然后摆出论点。第三段是总分总式（陈述观点-摆出论据-总结观点）
本文连标题共142字，10句。
主要的句型为：1）s+ v+ object clause ( Sentences 1/5/9 )
2) It is better to do A than to do B ( Sentence 1)
3) It is + adj. to do .(Sentence 3)
4) To do A is better than to do B ( Sentence 10)
5) The reason is that … ( Sentence 2)
5．在提高文章的复杂度上，范文使用了9个非谓语（7个不定式，1个现在分词reading做伴随状语和1个过去分词based做后置定语。
6．值得注意的是全文共用了6个副词，表达更为精到准确，生动传神，温文尔雅。使得全文有血有肉。
7. 全文过度自然，主要通过了过度句（ Sentences 4/7）和过度词（besides/meanwhile/and what’s more/in a word）使全文浑然一气。
8．本文给人的启示是，近年浙江乃至全国的英语作文命题多为半制式（半开放型），有利于好生的发挥，便于选拔人才。题材内容贴近考生，使考生有话可说。只要平时注重基本句型的训练，课堂多注重学生的开放思维的培养和加强写作技巧的点拨指导配以行之有效的训练，肯定会写出优秀作文的。
浙江平湖当湖高级中学 Roger 2006-6-102006年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试
英语
本试卷分第Ⅰ卷（选择题）和第Ⅱ卷（非选择题）两部分。第Ⅰ卷1至12页。第Ⅱ卷13至14页。考试结束，将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。
第Ⅰ卷
注意事项：
答题前，考生在答题卡上务必用黑色签字笔将自己的姓名、准考证号填写清楚，并贴好条形码。请认真核准条形码上的准考证号、姓名和科目。
每小题选出答案后，用2B铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑，如需改动，用橡皮擦干净后，再选涂其他答案标号，在试题卷上作答无效。
第一部分 听力(共两节，满分30分)
做题时，先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后，你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上答案转涂到答题卡上。
第一节（共5小题;每小题1.5分，满分7.5分）
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
例：How much is the shirt
A. 19.15.
B. 9.15.
C. 9.18.
答案是B。
1.How much will the man pay for the tickets
A. 7.5. B. 15. C. 50.
2.Which is the right gate for the man’s flight
A.Gate 16. B.Gate 22. C.Gate 25.
3.How does the man feel about going to school by bike
A.Happy. B.Tired. C.Worried.
4.When can the woman get the computers
A.On Tuesday. B.On Wednesday. C.On Thursday.
5.What does the woman think of the shirt for the party
A.The size is not large enough.
B.The material is not good.
C.The color is not suitable.
第二节(共15小题;每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。
6.What can we learn about Mr.Brown
A.He is in his office.
B.He is at a meeting.
C.He is out for a meal.
7.What will the man probably do next
A.Call back.
B.Come again.
C.Leave a message.
听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。
8.What kind of room does the man want to take
A.A single room.
B.A double room.
C.A room for three.
9.What does the man need to put in the from
A.Telephone and student card numbers.
B.Student card number and address.
C.Address and telephone number.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
10.What is the relationship between the speakers
A.Fellow clerks.
B.Boss and secrecary.
C.Customer and salesperson.
11.What does the man like about his job
A.Living close to the office.
B.Chances to go abroad.
C.Nice people to work with.
12.What do we know about the woman
A.She likes traveling.
B.She is new to the company.
C.She works in public relstions.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
13.When will the visitors come
A.In March. B.In April. C.In May.
14.How many visitors are coming
A.8. B.10. C.12.
15.What will the visitors do on the second day
A.Go to party. B.Visit schools. C.Attend a lecture.
16.Where will the visitors go on the final day
A.To London. B.To Scotland. C.To the coast.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
17.What is the first word the baby tried to say
A.Truck. B.OK. C.Duck.
18.How old was the baby when he learned to say that word correctly
19.What did the father do when the baby screamed that word at the airport
A.He corrected the baby.
B.He tried to stop the baby.
C.He did himself somewhere.
20.Why did the mother pretend not to know the baby
A.She got angry with the father.
B.She was frightened by the noise.
C.She felt uneasy about the noisy baby.
第一部分 英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）
单项填空(共15小题;每小题1分，满分15分)
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
例：It is generally considered unwise to give a child he or she wants.
A.however B.whatever C.whichever D.whenever
答案是B。
21.The house belongs to my aunt but she here any more.
A.hasn’t lived B.didn’t live C.hadn’t lived D.doesn’t live
22.We the last bus and didn’t have any money for taxi, so we had to walk home.
A.rcached B.lost C.missed D.caught
23.See the flags on top of the building That was we did this morring.
A.when B.which C.where D.what
24.There’s no light on-they be at home.
A.can’t B.mustn’t C.needn’t D.shouldn’t
25.—Excuse me, can you tell me where the nearest bank is, please
— Oh yes! It’s past the post office, next to a big market.
A.Mm, let me think. B.Oh, I beg your pardon
C.You’re welcome. D.What do you mean
26.If I can help ,I don’t like working late into the night.
A. B. C. D.
27.Mike didn’t play yesterday because .
A.damaged B.hurt C.hit D.struck
28. he has limited technical knowledge, the old worker hs a lot of experience.
A.Since B.Unless C.As D.Althought
29.The water cool when I jumped into the pool for morning exercise.
A.was felt B.is felt C.felt D.feels
30.—Hello, could I speak to Mr. Smith
—Sorry, wrong number, There isn’t Mr. Smith here.
A.不填 B.a C.the D.one
31.Eliza remembers everything exactly as if it yesterday.
A.was happening B.happens
C.has happened D.happened
32. and happy, Tony stood up and accepled and prize.
A.Surprising B.Surprised
B.Being surprised D.To be surprising
33.Please remind me he said he was going. I may be in time to see him off.
A.where B.when C.how D.what
34.—I wonder if I could possibly use your car for tonight
— . I’m not using it anyhow.
A.Sure, go ahead B.I don’t know
C.Yes, indeed D.I don’t care
35.Mary, here-everybody else, stay where you are.
A.come B.comes C.to come D.coming
第二节 完形填空(共20小题;每小题1.5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后所给各题的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
On a hot summer day in late August, I sought shade and a cool drink at a waterfront cafe on a Greet island. Over hundred degrees in 36 air. Crowded. Tempers(脾气) of both the tourists and waiters had 37 to meet the situation, making it a rather quarrelsome environment(环境).
At the table next to mine sat an attractive, 38 couple,waiting for
39 .They held hands, whispered, kissed, and laughed. Suddenly they stood, picked up their 40 and stepped together 41 the edge of where they were sitting to place the table in the sea water. The man stepped 42 for the two chairs. He politely 43 his lady in the kneed-deep water and then sat down himself. All people around laughed and cheered.
44 appeared. He paused for just a second, walked into the water to
45 the table and take their 46 ,and then walked back to the 47 cheers of the rest of his 48 . Minutes later he returned carrying a bottle of wine and two glasses. Without pausing, he went 49 into the water to
50 the wine. The couple toasted(祝酒) each other, the waiter and the crowd. And the crowd 51 by cheering and throwing flowers to them. Three other tables
52 to have lunch in the water. The place was now filled with laughter.
One doesn’t step into water in one’s best summer clothes. Why not
Customers are not served 53 . Why not
Sometimes one should consider 54 the line of convention(常规) and enjoy
55 to the fullest.
36.A.fresh B.cool C.still D.thin
37.A.mannged B.expected C.attempted D.risen
38.A.lonely B.curious C.well-dressed D.bad-tempered
39.A.cheers B.service C.attention D.flowers
40.A.metal table B.empty bottle C.chairs D.bags
41.A.on B.off C.around D.along
42.A.outside B.forward C.down D.back
43.A.led B.seated C.watched D.received
44.A.The manager B.A friend C.A waiter D.The servant
45.A.set B.wash C.remove D.check
46.A.menu B.bill C.food D.order
47.A.loud B.anxious C.familiar D.final
48.A.tourists B.customers C.fellows D.assistants
49.A.at last B.in time C.once more D.as well
50.A.change B.drink C.sell D.serve
51.A.replied B.insisted C.agreed D.understood
52.A.prepared B.jorned in C.settled up D.continued
53.A.with pleasure B.in the café C.in the sea D.with wine
54.A.following B.keeping C.limiting D.crossing
55.A.life B.wine C.lunch D.time
第三部分 阅读理解(共20小题;每小题2分，满分40分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
Most people think of racing when they see greyhounds(灰狗) and believe they need lots of exercise. They can actually be quite lazy! Greyhounds are good at fast races but not long-distance running. They do need regular exercise but they like to run for a short burst and then get back on the bed or a comfortable seat. Another misunderstanding is that greyhounds must be aggressive(好斗的) because they are big in size. In fact greyhounds love people and are gentle with children.
Greyhounds can live for 12-14 years but usually only race for two or three years, and after that they make great pets. They don’t need a lot of space, don’t make a lot of noise, and don’t eat a lot for their size.
Normally, greyhounds can be as tall as 90 cm. There is, however, a small-sized greyhound, which stands only 33 cm. Greyhounds come in a variety of colors. Grey and yellowish-brown are the most common. Others include black, white, blue, red and brown or a mix of these.
Greyhounds have smooth body coats, low body fat and are very healthy. Because they’re slim（苗条的）they don’t have the leg problems like other dogs the same height. But they do feel the cold. Especially since they would much rather be at home in bed than walking around outside.
56.The text is written mainly .
A.to tell people how to raise greyhounds
B.to let people know more about greyhounds
C.to explain why greyhounds are aggressive
D.to describe greyhounds of different colors
57.It can be inferred that greyhounds .
A.love big doghouses
B.like staying in bed all day
C.make the best guard dogs
D.need some exercise outdoors
58.Why does the author say that greyhounds make grest pets
A.They are big in size.
B.They live a very long life.
C.They can run races for some time.
D.They are quiet and easy to look after.
59.If you keep a pet greyhound,it is important .
A.to keep it stim
B.to keep it warm
C.to take special care of its legs
D.to take it to animal doetors rcgularly
B
Many years ago,when I was fresh out of school and working in Danver,I was driving to my parents’ home in Messouri for Christmas.I atopped at a gas station(加油站) about 50 miles from Okiahoma City,where I was plsning to stop and visit &friend.While I was standing in.line at the cash register（收款台）,I said hello to an older couple who were also paying for gas.
I took off,but had gone anly a few miles when black smoke poured from the back of my car.I stopped and wondered what I should do.A car pulled up behind me. It was the couple I had spoken to at the gas station.They said they would take me to my friend’s.We chatted on the way into the city,and when I get out of the car,the husband gave me his business card.
I wrote him and his wife a thank-you note for helping me.Soon afterward.I received a Christmas present from them.Their note that came with it said that helping me had made their holidays meaningful.
Years later,I drove to a meeting in a nearby town in the morning,In late afternoon I returned to my car and found that I’d left the lights on all day,and the battery(电池) was dead.Then I noticed that the Friendly ford dealership-a shop selling cars-was right next door.I walked over and found two salesmen in the showroom.
“Just how friendly is Friendly Ford ”I asked and explained my trouble.They quickly drove a pickup truck to my car and started it.They would accept no payment;so when I got home;I wrote them a note to say thanks,I received a letter back from one of the salesmen,No one had ever taken the time to write him and say thank you ,and it meant a lot,he said.
“Thank you”- two powerful words.They’re easy to say and mean so much.
60.The author planned to stop at Oklahoma City .
A.to visit a frend
B.to see his parents
C.to pay or the cash register
D.to have more gas for his car
61.The words“took off”underlined in Paragraph 2 mean“ ”
A.turned off
B.moved off
C.put up
D.set up
62.What happened when the author found smoke coming out of his car
A.He had it pulled back to the gas station.
B.The coupls sent him a business card.
C.The couple offered to help him.
D.He called his friend for help.
63.The hattery of the author’s car was dead because .
A.something went wrong with the lights
B.the meeting lasted a whole day
C.he forgot to turn off the lights
D.he drove too long a sistance
64.By telling his own experiences,the author tries to show .
A.how to write a thank-you letter
B.how to deal with car problems
C.the kindheartedness of older people
D.the importance of expressing thanks
C
A study of English learning problems was carried out among a total of 106 foreign students.It shows that most students considered understanding spokeu English to be their bigges problern on asrival.This was followed by speaking,Writing increased as a problem as students discovered difficulties in writing papers that they were now expected to hand in.Reading remained as a signifioant（显著的）problem.
The information gsined helped up in determining where special attention should be paid in our course.Although many atudents have chosen to join the course with a reasonnble motivation（动机）,we considered it important to note what seemed to encourage inleresl.Neady all the students have experienced some kind of grammar-based English teaching in their own country.To use the sarnc method would be self-defeating because it might reduce motivation,especially if it has failed in the pest.Thereforc a different method may help henause it is different.
Variety of activity was also seen as a way of maintsining（保持）or incressing motivation.Several years ago we had one timetable that operated throughout,but we soon found that both the students and the teachers lost interest by about halfway through the ten weeks.This led up to a majoc re-taink,so finally we hrought it into line with the expressed language needs of the students.
65.What is the text mainly about
A.Foreign students have more problems.
B.There are many ways to improve English.
C.Tesching should meet students’needs.
D.English learning probles should be studied again.
66.Writing became a bigger problem when foreign students .
A.had to writs their paers
B.became better at speaking
C.became less interested in reading
D.had fewer problems with listening
67.We may infer from the last lwo paragraphs that .
A.different teaching methods should be used
B.grammar-hased teaching seems to be encouraging
C.English courses are necessary for foreign students
D.teaching content should be changed halfway
68.The word“it” underlined in the last paragraph refers to“ ”.
A.re-think
B.activity
C.molivation
D.timetable
D
Since my retirement（退休）from teaching music in 2001,I have epent a good deal of time paintingas an artist.I aotually beagan drawing again in the summer of 1995 when my lather died.so perhaps I was trying to recover from the loss of my father,or maybe it was just that it brought back memories of him.In any case,I drew pen and ink animals and landscapes（风景画）much influenced（影响）by krenkel and St. John for five years.
For some strange reason, I had been waiting until my retirement to start doing walereolors again, but as soon as I walked out of the school door for the last time I picked up my brushes and rediscovered Andrew Wyeth, who quickly became my favorite artist. I had looked through all the art books I had on my shelves and found his watercolors to be the closest to how I thought good watercolors should look. So I painted landscapes around Minnesota for three years and tried out many other types of painting. However, watercolors remained my first choice, and I think I did my best work there, showing my paintings at a number of art exhibitions.
Art is now together with my piano playing and reading. There is a time for everything in my world, and it is wonderful to have some time doing what I want to do. As Confucius once said,“At seventy I can follow my heart’s desire.”
69.What is the text mainly about
A.Learning to paint in later life. B.How to paint watercolors.
C.An artist-turned teacher. D.Life after retiroment.
70.The author started drawing again in 1995 because .
A.he hoped to draw a picture of his father
B.he couldn’t stop missing his father
C.he had more time after retirement
D.he liked animals and landscapes
71.We can infer from the text that the author .
A.had been taught by Krenkel and St. John
B.painted landscapes in Minnesota for 5 years
C.believed Wyeth to be the best in watercolors
D.started his retirement life at the age of seventy
72.How does the author probably feel about his life as an artist
A.Very enjoyable. B.A bit regretful.
C.Rather busy. D.Fairly dull.
E
Phillip Island Penguins(企鹅)
The Little Penguin has called Phillip Island home for untold generations. Get to Phillip Island in plenty of time to watch a summer sunset at Summerland Beach-the stage is attractively set to see the Little Penguin leave water and step onto land.
·Leave Melbournc at 5:30pm for a direct journey to Phillip Island
·Sec the Gippsland area-Guinness Book of Records place for the world’s longest earthoworm(蚯蚓)
·Journey along the coastal highway around the Bay with French Island and Churchill Island in the distance
·Cross the bridge at San Remo to enter Phillip Island-natural home for Little Penguins and many animals
·Take your place in special viewing stands(看台) to watch the daily evening performance of the wild Little Penguins
Ultimate Penguins(+U)
Join a group of up to 15. This guided tour goes to an attractive, quiet beach to see Little Penguins. You can see penguins at night by wearing a special pair of glasses.
Adult(成人) $60.00 Child $30.00
Viewing Platform Penguin Plus(+V)
More personalized wildlife viewing limited to 130 people providing closer viewing of the penguin arrival than the main viewing stands.
Adult $25.00 Child $12.50
Penguin Skybox(+S)
Join a group of only 5 in the comfort of a special, higher-up viewing tower. Gain an excellent overview of Summerland Beach.
Adult Isyrs+$50.00
73.What kind of people is the text mainly written for
A.Scientists. B.Students. C.Tourists. D.Artists.
74.What can learn from the text that Little penguins .
A.have been on Phillip Island for years
B.keep a Guinness record for their size
C.are trained to practice diving for visitors
D.live in large groups to protect themselves
75.How much would a couple with one child pay for a closer viewing tour
A.$37.50. B.$62.50. C.$180.00. D.$150.00.
2006年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试
英语
第Ⅱ卷
注意事项：
答题前，考生在答题卡上用黑色签字笔将自己的姓名、准考证号填写清楚，然后贴好条形码。请认真核准条形码上的准考证号、姓名和科目。
第Ⅱ卷共2页，请用黑色签字笔在答题卡上各题的答题区域内作答，在试题卷上作答无效。
第四部分 写作(共两节，满分35分)
短文改错（共10小题;每小题1分，满分10分）
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断;如无错误，在该行右边横线上画一个勾(√);如有错误(每行只有一个错误)，则按下列情况改正：
此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线(\)划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线划掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
We had guests last night who have not stayed 76.
in a B&B hotel ago. They did not want breakfast 77.
because that they were going out early in the 78.
morning. They came back lately and had some 79.
tea.I came into the living room and saw one of 80.
them just to through the kitchen door but turn 81.
on the light. He was looking for a glass the 82.
cupboard. He had no ideas that the kitchen was 83.
not for guesls. I just smiled to me and thought, 84.
“What can I do We are guests after all.” 85.
书面表达(满分25分)
假定你是李华。应英国朋友Bob的要求，写一封短信介绍你校图书馆的基本情况。内容须包括下面两幅图中的相关信息。
注意：1.词数100左右;
2.可以适当增减细节，以使行文连贯;
3.开头语已为你写好。
June 8
Dear Bob,
Thank you for your last letter asking about our library.
Best wishes,
Li Hua
(在试题卷上作答无效)
第 11 页 共 12 页2006年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(山东卷)
英语
第一卷（共115分）
第一部分 听力（共两节 满分30分）
该部分分为第一、第二两节。注意：回答听力部分时，请先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后，你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上的答案转涂到答题卡上。
第一节 （共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分）
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
例：How much is the shirt
A． 19.15. B． 9.15. C． 9.18. 答案是B.
1. How much will the man pay for the tickets
A. ￡7.5. B. ￡15. C. ￡50.
2. Which is the right gate for the man's flight
A. Gate 16. B. Gate 22. C. Gate 25.
3. How does the man feel about going to school by bike
A. Happy. B. Tired. C. Worried.
4. When can the man get the computers
A. On Tuesday. B. On Wednesday. C. On Thursday
5. What does the man think of the shirt for the party
A. The size is not large enough. B. The material is not good. C. The color is not suitable.
第二节 （共15小题；每题1.5分，满分22.5分）
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，每小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。
6. What can we learn about Mr. Brown
A. He is in his office. B. He is at a meeting. C. He is out for a meeting.
7. What will the man probably do next
A. Call back. B. Come again. C. Leave a message.
听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。
8. What kind of room does the man want to take
A. A single room. B. A double room. C. A room for three.
9. What does the man need to put in the form
A. Telephone and student card numbers.
B. Student card number and address.
C. Address and telephone number.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
10. What is the relationship between the speakers
A. Fellow clerks.
B. Boss and secretary.
C. Customer and salesperson.
11. What does the man like about his job
A. Living close to the office.
B. Chances to go abroad.
C. Nice people to work with.
12. What do we know about the woman
A. She likes traveling.
B. She is new to the company.
C. She works in public relations.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
13. When will the visitors come
A. In March. B. In April. C. In May.
14. How many visitors are coming
A. 8. B. 10. C. 12.
15 What will the visitors do on the second day
A. Go to a party. B. Visit schools. C. Attend a lecture.
16. Where will the visitors go on the final day
A. To London B. To Scotland C. To the coast.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
17. What is the first word the baby tried to say
A. Truck. B. Ok. C. Duck.
18. How old was the baby when he learned to say that word correctly
A. About 18 months. B. About 21 months. C. About 24 months.
19. What did the father do when the baby screamed that word at the airport
A. He corrected the baby.
B. He tried to stop the baby.
C. He hid himself somewhere.
20. Why did the mother pretend not to know the baby
A. She got angry with the father.
B. She was frightened by the noise.
C. She felt uneasy about the noisy baby.
第二部分：英语知识运用（共两节, 满分45分）
第一节：单项填空（共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分）
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
例：Mr. Smith owns ____ collection of coins than anyone else I have ever met.
A. larger B. a larger C. the larger D. a large
答案是B。
21. For him ____ stage is just ___ means of making a living.
A. a; a B.the; a C. the ; the D. a; the
22. How did you find your visit to Qingdao, Joanna
A. Oh, wonderful indeed B. I went the alone
C. First by train and then by ship D. A guide showed me the way
23. Engines are to machines ____ hearts are to animals.
A. as B. that C. what D. which
24. I’d appreciate ____ if you would like to teach me how to use the computer.
A. that B. it C. this D. you
25. Someone who lacks staying power and perseverance is unlikely to ___ a good researcher.
A. make B. turn C. get D. grow
26. We’re just trying to teach a point ____ both sides will sit down together and talk.
A. where B. that C. when D. which
27. ____ team wins on Saturday will go through to the national championships.
A. No matter what B. No matter which C Whatever D. whichever
28. Although the causes of cancer ____, we do not yet have any practical way to prevent it.
A. are being uncovered B. have been uncovering
C. are uncovering D. have uncovered
29. Five people won the “China’s Green Figure”award, a title ____ to ordinary people their contributions to environmental protection.
A.being given B. is given C. given D. was given
30. –May I smoke here
- If you ____, choose a seat in the smoking section.
A. should B.could C. may D. must
31. How can you expect to learn anything ____ you never listen
A. in case B. even if C. unless D. when
32.I just wonder ____ that makes him so excited.
A. why it does B. what he does C. how it is D. what it is
33.Police are now searching for a woman who is reported to ____ since the flood hit the area last Friday.
A. have been missing B. have got lost C. be missing D. get lost
34. After he retired from office, Rogers ____ painting for a while, but soon lost interest.
A. took up B. saved up C. kept up D. drew up
35. A clean environment can help the city bid for the Olympics, which ____ will promote its economic development.
A. in nature B. in return C. in turn D. in fact
第二节 完型填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）
阅读下面短文，撑握其大意，然后从36—55各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
One summer day my father sent me to buy wire for our farm. At 16, I liked 36 better than driving our truck, 37 this time I was not happy. My father had told me I’d have to ask for credit(赊账) at the store.
Sixteen is a 38 age, when a young man wants respect, not charity. It was 1976, and the ugly 39 of racial discrimination was 40 a fact of life. I’d seen my friends ask for credit and then stand, head down, while the store owner 41 whether they were “good for it.” I knew black youths just like me who were 42 like thieves by the store clerk each time they went into a grocery.
My family was 43 . We paid our debts. But before harvest, cash was short. Would the store owner 44 us
At Davis’s store, Buck Davis stood behind the cash desk, talking to a farmer. I nodded 45 I passed him on my way to the hardware shelves. When I brought my 46 to the caskh desk, I said 47 , “I need to put this on credit.”
The farmer gave me and amused, distrustful 48 . But Buck’s face didn’t change. “Sure,” he said 49 . “Your daddy is 50 good for it.” He 51 to the other man. “This here is one of James Williams’s sons.”
The farmer nodded in a neighborly 52 . I was filled with pride. James William’s son. Those three words had opened a door to an adult’s respect and trust.
That day I discovered that the good name my parents had 53 brought our whole family the respect of our neighbors. Everyone knew what to 54 from a Williams: a decent person who kept his word and respected himself 55 much to do wrong.
36. A. something B. nothing C. anything D. everything
37. A. and B. so C. but D. for
38. A. prideful B. wonderful C. respectful D. colorful
39. A. intention B. shadow C. habit D. faith
40. A. thus B. just C. still D. ever
41. A. guessed B. suspected C. questioned D. figured
42. A. watched B. caught C. dismissed D. accused
43. A. generous B. honest C. friendly D. modest
44. A. blame B. excuse C. charge D. trust
45. A. until B. as C. once D. since
46. A. purchases B. sales C. orders D. favorites
47. A. casually B. confidently C. cheerfully D. carefully
48. A. look B. stare C. response D. comment
49. A. patiently B. eagerly C. easily D. proudly
50. A generally B. never C. sometimes D. always
51. A. pointed B. replied C. turned D introduced
52. A. sense B. way C. degree D. mood
53. A. earned B. deserved C. given D. used
54. A. receive B. expect C. collect D. require
55. A. very B. so C. how D. too
第三部分：阅读理解（共20小题，每题2分，满分40分）
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
Short and shy, Ben Saunders was the last kid in his class picked for any sports team. “Football, tennis Cricket—anything with a round ball, I was useless, “he says now with a laugh. But back then he was the object of jokes in school gym classes in England’s rural Devonshire.
It was a mountain bike he received for his 15th birthday that changed him. At first the teen went biking alone in a nearby forest. Then he began to cycle along with a runner friend. Gradually, Saunders set his mind building up his body, increasing his speed, strength and endurance. At age 18, he ran his first marathon.
The following year, he met John Ridgway, who became famous in the 1960s for rowing an open boat across the Atlantic Ocean. Saunders was hired as an instructor at Ridgway’s school of Adventure in Scotland, where he learned about the older man’s cold-water exploits(成就).Intrigued, Saunders read all he could about Arctic explorers and North Pole expeditions, then decided that this would be his future.
Journeys to the Pole aren’t the usual holidays for British country boys, and many peiole dismissed his dream as fantasy. “John Ridgway was one of the few who didn’t say, ‘You are completely crazy,’”Saunders says.
In 2001, after becoming a skilled skier, Saunders started his first long-distance expedition toward the North Pole. He suffered frostbite, had a closer encounter(遭遇) with a polar bear and pushed his body to the limit.
Saunders has since become the youngest person to ski alone to the North Pole, and he’s skied more of the Arctic by himself than any other Briton. His old playmates would not believe the transformation.
This October, Saunders, 27, heads south to explore from the coast of Antarctica to the South Pole and back, an 1800-mile journey that has never been completed on skis.
56. The turning point in Saunders’life came when _____
he started to play ball games
he got a mountain bike at age 15
he ran his first marathon at age 18
he started to receive Ridgway’s training
57. We can learn from the text that Ridgway _______.
dismissed Saunders’ dream as fantasy
built up his body together with Saunders
hired Saunders for his cold-water experience
won his fame for his voyage across the Atlantic
58. What do we know about Saunders
He once worked at a school in Scotland.
He followed Ridgway to explore the North Pole.
He was chosen for the school sports team as a kid.
He was the first Briton to ski alone to the North Pole.
59. The underlined word “Intrigued” in the third paragraph probably means_____.
A. Excited B. Convinced C. Delighted D. Fascinated
60. It can be inferred tat Saunders’ journey to the North Pole ______.
was accompanied by his old playmates
set a record in the North Pole expedition
was supported by other Arctic explorers
made him well-known in the 1960s
B
November not only marks the publication of Toni Morrison’s eagerly anticipated(期待) eighth novel, Love, but it is also the tenth anniversary of her Nobel Prize for Literature. Morrison is the first black woman to receive a Nobel, and so honored before her in literature are only two black men:Wole Soyinka, the Nigerian playwright, poet and novelist, in 1986; and Derek Walcott, the Caribbean-born poet, in 1992. But Morrison is also the first and only American-born Nobel prizewinner for literature since 1962, the year novelist John steinbeck received the award.
Like Song of Solomon, Love is a multigenerational story, revealing the personal and communal legacy() of an outstanding black family. As Morrison scholars will tell you, Love is the third volume of a literary master’s trilogy(三部曲)investigating the many complexities of love. This trilogy began with Beloved(1988), which deals with a black mother’s love under slavery and in freedom. Jazzy(1993), the second volume, tells a story of romantic love in 1920s Harlem. This latest novel looks back from the 1970s to the 1940s and 50s.
The emotional center of Love is Bill Cosey, the former owner and host of the shabby Cosey’s Hotel and Resort in Silk, North Carolina, described in the novel as “the best and best-known vacation sport for colored folk on the East Coast.” We get to know Cosey through the memories of five women who survive and love him: his granddaughter, his widow, two former employees, and a homeless young girl.
The latest novel, Love, had been described in the promotional material from her publisher as “Morrison’s most accessible work since Song of Solomon.” This comparison to her third novel, published in 1977, was an effective selling point.
61. What would be the best title for the text
Toni Morrison’s latest novels
Toni Morrison and her trilogy
Toni Morrison and her novel Love
Toni Morrison, the Nobel prizewinner
62. What can we learn about John Steinbeck
He was a black writer.
He was born in America.
He received the Nobel Prize after Morrison
He was the first American novelist to win a Nobel
63. The similarity between Love and Song of Solomon is that they both _____.
belong to the same trilogy together with Beloved
concern families of more than one generation
deal with life of blacks under slavery
investigate life in 1920s Harlem
64. The novel Love mainly describes ______.
the best-known vacation spot for blacks
the life of an outstanding black family under slavery
the miserable experience of the five women in Harlem
the memories of five women about Bill Cosey
C
FILM DESCRIPTIONS
Back to the Future
With the help of a local inventor’s time machine, Marty travels back to the 1950s. There his 80s hipness stands out, and he inadvertently interferes with the fledgling romance of his parents-to-be. Can Marty keep them together He’d better, or his own future will fade away. Featuring: Christopher Lloyd, Michael J.Fox. A universal Pictures release, 1 hr. 55 min.
Beethoven’s 2nd
In this sequel to the popular Beethoven, our canine hero falls for Missy, who soon has puppies. Missy’s greedy owner, Regina, who sees only money in the little purebreds, separates mom and pups from Beethoven. His owners rescue the puppies, but Regina still has Missy. Featuring: Charles Grodin, Bonnie Hunt. A Universal Pictures release, 1 hr. 26 min.
Charlie and the Chocolate Factory
Despite the popularity of his treats, candy maker Willy Wonka shuts himself inside his factory. But then Willy holds a contest, offering five lucky children the chance to see his company. Poor but pleasant Charlie Bucket finds a ticket, as do four less-deserving children. Featuring:
Johnny Depp, Freddie Highmore. A Warner Bros. Release, 1 hr. 56 min.
Cinderella Man
Based on actual events, this film follows the life of Jim Braddock, a boxer in New York City during the Great Depression. After a series of losses, Braddock is forced into retirement. But he never gives up his boxing dream, and neither does his manager. Featuring: Russell Crowe, Renee Zellweger. A Universal Pictures release, 2 hr. 14 min.
Liar Liar
Lawyer Fletcher Reede has never told the truth in his life. Then his son makes a birthday wish that his dad would stop lying for 24 hours. Suddenly, Fletcher’s mouth spouts everything he thinks. His compulsion brings disaster to courtroom, where he must defend a client whose case was built on lies. Featuring: Jim Carrey, Justin Cooper. A Universal Pictures release, 1 hr. 25 min.
65. Which of the following is probably the name of a dog
A. Marty. B. Missy. C. Fletcher. D. Charlie
66. Willy Wonka is _______.
a boxer who suffers a series of losses
a lawyer who has never told the truth
a man who runs a chocolate factory
a man who invents a time machine
67. Which film is about the life of a real person
A. Beethoven’s 2nd B. Charlie and the Chocolate Factory
C. Cinderella Man D. Liar Liar
D
Increasingly, Americans are becoming their own doctors, by going online to diagnose their symptoms, order home health tests or medical devices, or even self-treat their illnesses with drugs from Internet pharmacies(药店). Some avoid doctors because of the high cost of medical care, especially if they lack health insurance. Or they may stay because they find it embarrassing to discuss their weight, alcohol consumption or couch potato habits. Patients may also fear what they might learn about their health, or they distrust physicians because of negative experiences in the past. But playing doctor can also be a deadly game.
Every day, more than six million Americans turn to the Internet for medical answers – most of them aren’t nearly skeptical enough of what they find. A 2002 survey by the Pew Internet & American Life Project found that 72 percent of those surveyed believe all or most of what they read on health websites. They shouldn’t. Look up “headache”, and the chances of finding reliable and complete information, free from a motivation for commercial gain, are only one in ten, reports an April 2005 Brown Medical School study. Of the 169 websites the researchers rated, only 16 scored as “high quality”. Recent studies found faulty facts about all sorts of other disorders, causing one research team to warn that a large amount of incomplete, inaccurate and even dangerous information exists on the Internet.
The problem is most people don’t know the safe way to surf the Web. “They use a search engine like Google, get 18 trillion choices and start clicking. But that’s risky, because almost anybody can put up a site that looks authoritative(权威的), so it’d hard to know if what you’re reading is reasonable or not,” says Dr. Sarah Bass from the National Cancer Institute.
68. According to the text, an increasing number of American _____.
are suffering from mental disorders
turn to Internet pharmacies for help
like to play deadly games with doctors
are skeptical about surfing medical websites
69. Some Americans stay away from doctors because they _____.
find medical devices easy to operate
prefer to be diagnosed online by doctors
are afraid to face the truth of their health
are afraid to misuse their health insurance
70. According to the study of Brown Medical School, ______.
more than 6 million Americans distrust doctors
only 1/10 of medical websites aim to make a profit
about 1/10 of the websites surveyed are of high quality
72% of health websites offer incomplete and faulty facts
71. Which of the following is the author’s main argument
It’s cheap to self-treat your own illness.
It’s embarrassing to discuss your bad habits.
It’s reasonable to put up a medical website.
It’s dangerous to be your own doctor.
E
PITTSBURGH – For most people, snakes seem unpleasant or even threatening. But Howie Choset sees in their delicate movements a way to save lives.
The 37-year-old Carnegie Mellon University professor has spent years developing snake-like robots he hopes will eventually slide through fallen buildings in search of victims trapped after natural disasters or other emergencies.
Dan Kara is president of Robotics Trends, a Northboro, Mass.-based company that publishes an online industry magazine and runs robotics trade shows. He said there are other snake-like robots being developed, mainly at universities, but didn’t know of one that could climb pipes.
The Carnegie Mellon machines are designed to carry cameras and electronic sensors and can be controlled with a joystick(操纵杆). They move smoothly with the help of small electric motors, or servos, commonly used by hobbyists in model airplanes.
Built from lightweight materials, the robots are about the size of a human arm or smaller.They can sense which way is up, but are only as good as their human operators, Choset added.
Sam Stover, a search term manager with the Federal Emergency Management Agency based in Indiana, said snake-type robots would offer greater mobility than equipment currently available, such as cameras attached to extendable roles.
“It just allows us to do something we’ve ot been able to do before,”Stover said, “We needed them yesterday.”
He said sniffer dogs are still the best search tool for rescue workers, but that they can only be used effectively when workers have access to damaged building.
Stover, among the rescue workers who handled the aftermath (后果) of Hurricane Katrina, said snake robots would have helped rescuers search flooded houses in that disaster.
Choset said the robots may not be ready for use for another five to ten years, depending on funding.
72. Which institution is responsible for the development of Choset’s robots
A. Robotics Trends. B. Pittsburgh City Council.
C. Carnegie Mellon University. D. Federal Emergency Management Agency.
73. Choset believes that his invention ______.
can be attached to an electronic arm
can be used by hobbyists in model airplanes
can find victims more quickly than a sniffer dog
can sense its way no better than its operators
74. By saying “We needed them yesterday” (paragraph 7), Stover means that snake-like robots _____.
could help handle the aftermath of Hurricane Katrina
would have been put to use in past rescue work
helped rescuers search flooded houses yesterday
were in greater need yesterday than today
75. What is the text mainly about
Snake-like robots used in industries.
Snake-like robots made to aid in rescues.
The development of snake-like robots.
The working principles of snake-like robots.
第四部分：写作（共2节，满分35分）
第一节 短文改错(共10 小题；每小题 1分, 满分10分)
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行做出判断：如无错误, 在该行右边横线上画一个钩（√）；如有错误（每行只有一个错误）， 则按下列情况改正：
此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线（\）划掉, 在该行右边横线上写出该词,并也用斜线划掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
Dear Ming,
It was very nice to hear from you for such a long time. I’m 76.______
Glad to learn that you’ve been settled down in Boston and are 77.______
Getting used to the local ways of life. 78.______
As you know,I’m still buried in books at school you are 79 .______
So familiar with. What may surprise you are that I’m going to 80.______
The US this July in a summer camp! Surely I’m expecting lots 81.______
Of sightseeing tours, parties and another exciting things. We must 82.______
Definitely meet when I’m over. As is planning, I’m coming 83.______
To Boston around the 15th, and I wonder if you’ll free then so 84.______
We could chat about the good older days. 85.______
Hope to see you soon.
Yours,
Xiao Lei
第二节 书面表达（满分25分）
请用英语写一篇100词左右的短文，简要描述漫画内容，并结合生活实际， 就漫画主题发表感想，题目自拟。参考词汇：公民道德—civic virtue
参考答案：
1-20 BCAAC CAACA BBABB CABBC
21-35 BACBA ADACD DDAAC
36-55 BCABC CABDB ADACD CBABD
56-75 BDADB CBBDB CCBCC DCDBB
短文改错：
76. for – after 77. 去掉been 78. ways – way 79. at ∧ school 插入 the 80. are – is 81. in – on 82. another – other 83. planning – planned 84. you’ll ∧ free 插入 be 85. older -- old2006年高考英语试卷及答案（重庆卷）
英语试题卷共16页。满分150分。考试时间120分钟。
听力（共三节，满分30分）
做题时，请先将答案划在试题卷上。录音内容结束后，你将有两分钟的时间将试题卷上的答案转涂或转填到答题卡上。
第一节（共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分）
请听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试题卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
例：How much is the shirt
A.￡19.15.　B.￡9.15.　C.￡9.18.　　答案是B。
1.Where is Fred now
A.At the office. B.At home. C.In class.
　　2.Whose dictionary is this
A.Bill’s. B.The man. C.The woman’s.
　　3.What is the woman doing
A.Listening to the radio. B.Reading a newspaper. C.Watching television.
　　4.What does the woman say about the question
A.She is ready to explain it. B.She doesn’t understand it. C.She has no time to answer it.
　　5.What is the conversation mainly about
A.The car. B.The bicycle. C.The oil price.
第二节（共12小题；每小题1.5分，满分18分）
请听下面4段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试题卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
请听第6段材料，回答第6至8题。
6.What is the man
A.A manager. B.A nurse. C.A doctor.
　 　7.Who cooks dinner on weekdays
A.Paul. B.Linda.　 C.Richard.
　　 8.What are the two speakers mainly talking about
A.Interesting jobs. B.Boring housework.
C.Changing family roles.
　　请听第7段材料，回答第9至11题。
　　9.Why is woman so happy
A.She had a pleasant walk. B.She wrote a short play.　 C.She met a famous poet.
　　10.What is the man working on
A.A poem.　 B.An article. C.A love story.
　　11.What is the conversation mainly about
A.How to find a way out. B.How to make friends. C.How to enjoy life.
　　请听第8段材料，回答12至14题。
　　12.How did Tom spend his vacation
A.He went traveling. B.He painted pictures. C.He did some shopping.
　　13.Why does the man come to see the woman
A.To give her a gift.　 B.To ask her for help.　 C.To tell her about his trip.
　　14.What did the woman do for the man
A.She invited him to the cafe. B.She bought him a fridge. C.she watered his plants.
　　请听第9段材料，回答第15至17题。
　　15.What is the main purpose of the talk
A.To give a prize to a musician. B.To introduce a guest speaker. C.To invite a musician to a concert.
　　16.At what age did the pianist begin to play the own music
A.5.　 B.10.　 C.40.
　　17.What will the pianist mainly talk about
A.His childhood. B.His music school.
C.His experiences on his tours.
　　 第三节(共3小题；每小题1.5分，满分4.5分)
请听下面一段独白，用所听到的独白中的词或数填空，每空限填一个词或一个数。填入的内容要在答题卡相应的位置上。在听本段独白前，你将有时间阅读各小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟作答时间。本段独白读两遍。请听第10段材料，回答题18至20题。
Courses in Harvard University
二、英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）
　　第一节单项填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）
请从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该选项的标号涂黑。
　　例：A computer can only do you have instructed it to do.
A.how B.after C.what D.when
答案是C。
　　21.I　have to go to work by taxi because my car at the garage.
　　A.will be repaired B.is repaired　　C.is being repaired D.has been repaired
　　22.-Would you like some more soup
　　- .It is delicious,but I’ve had enough.
A.Yes,please B.No,thank you. C.Nothing more D. I'd like some
　　23.In time of serious accidents， we know some basic things about first aid,we can save lives.
　　A.whether B.until　　C.if D.unless
　　24.I’ve tried very hard to improve my English. But by no means with my progress.
　　A.the teacher is not satisfied B.is the teacher not satisfied　　C.the teacher is satisfied D.is the teacher satisfied
　　25.Everywhere man has cut down
forests in order to grow crops，or to use
wood as fuel or as building material.
A.the;the B.the;/　C./；the D./；/
　　26.Isn't it time you got down to the papers
　　A.mark B.be marked　　C.being marked D.marking
　　　27. and I’ll get the work finished.
　　A.Have one more hour B.One more hour　　C.Given one more hour D.If I have one more hour
　　28.——How are you managing to do your work without an assistant
——Well，I somehow.
A.get along B.come on
C.watch out D.set off
　　29.My grandma still treats me like a child.She can，t imagine grown up.
　　A.my B.mine　　C.myself D.me
　　30.Customers are asked to make sure that they the right change before leaving the shop.
　　A.will give B.have been given
　　C.have given D.will be given
　　31.I in London for many years，but I，ve never regretted my final decision to move back to China.
　　A.lived B.was living　C.have lived D.had lived
　　32.－Mr.Gordon asked me to remind you of the meeting this afternoon.Don't you forget it! -OK,I .
　　A.won，t B.don，t　　C.will D.do
　　33.Nobody believed his reason for being absent form the class he had to meet his uncle at the air port.
　　　A.why B.that　　C.where D.because
　　34.I saw a woman running to ward me in the dark.Before I could recognize who she was，she had run back in the direction she had come.
　　　A.of which B.by which
　　　C.in which D.from which
　　35.—How about seeing the new movie at the theatre tonight — ,but I，ve got to go over my notes for tomorrow's exam.
　　A.All right B.Sounds great
　　C.I can，t D.No,I am terribly sorry
第二节　完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）
请阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36－55各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该选项的标号涂黑。
　　Eleven-year-old Angela had something wrong with her nervous system(神经系统）.She was unable to 36. In fact,she could hardly make any 37.Although she believed that she had a 38 chance of recovering,the doctors said that 39,if any,could come back to normal after getting this disease.Having heard this,the little girl was not 40.There,lying in her hospital bed,she 41 that no matter what the doctors said,her going back to school was 42.
　She was moved to a specialized health center,and whatever method could be tried was used.Still she would not 43.It seemed that she was 44.The doctors were all fond of her and taught her about 45 that she could make it.Every day Angela would lie there,46 doing her mental exercise.
One day,47 she was imagining her legs moving again,it seemed as though a miracle(奇迹）happened:The bed began to 48!“Look,what I'm doing!Look!I can do it!I moved! I moved!"she 49.
Of course,at this very moment everyone else in the hospital was 50.More importantly,they were running 51 safety.
People were crying,and equipment was 52. You see,it was an earthquake.But don't 53 that to Angela. She has 54 that she did it ,just as she had never doubted that she would recover. And now only a few years later, she's back in school. You see,to such a person who can 55 the earth,such a disease is a small problem,isn't it
　 36.A.see B.hear C.talk D.walk
37.A.progress B.difference C.movement D.achievement
38.A.poor B.good C.little D.special
39.A.few B.all C.some D.most
40.A.satisfied B.delighted C.surprised D.discouraged
41.A.insisted B.sighed C.feared D.promised
42.A.true B.doubtful C.certain D.impossible
43.A.get up B.give up C.turn up D.stand up
44.A.disappointed B.proud C.troubled D.undefeatable
45.A.thinking B.expecting C.pretending D.imagining
46.A.sadly B.madly C.carefully D.faithfully
47.A.as B.since C.after D.before
48A.fly B.move C.roll D.speak
49.A.jumped B.wondered C.screamed D.recovered
50.A.frightened B.pleased C.touched D.encouraged
51A.in B.by C.for D.with
52.A.rising B.falling C.missing D.gathering
53.A.tell B.do C.give D.show
54.A.noticed B.supposed C.believed D.discovered
55.A.push B.shock C.shake D.save
三、阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分）
　　请阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该选项的标号涂黑。
A
　　When I was in the third grade,I was picked to be the princess(公主）in the school play.For weeks my mother had helped me practice my lines.But once onstage,every word disappeared from my head.Then my teacher told me she had written a narrator's（解说者的）part for the play,and asked me to change roles.Though I didn't tell my mother what had happened that day,she sensed my unhappiness and asked if I wanted to take a walk in the yard.
It was a lovely spring day.We could see dandelions(蒲公英）popping through the grass in bunches,as if a painter had touched our landscape with bits of gold.I watched my mother carelessly bend down by one of the bunches."I think I am going to dig up all these weeds,"she said."From now on,we'll have only roses in this garden."
"But I like dandelions,"I protested."All flowers are beautiful-even dandelions!"
My mother looked at me seriously."Yes,every flower gives pleasure in its own way,doesn't it "she asked thoughtfully.I nodded."And that is true of people,too,"she added.
When I realized that she had guessed my pain,I started to cry and told her the truth.
　　“But you will be a beautiful narrator,”she said,reminding me of how much I loved to read stories aloud to her.
Over the next few weeks,with her continuous encouragement,I learned to take pride in the role.The big day finally came.A few minutes before the play,my teacher came over to me.“Your mother asked me to give this to you,”she said,handing me a dandelion.After the play,I took home the flower,laughing that I was perhape the only person who would keep such a weed.
56.The girl did not play the role of the princess mainly because .
A.she felt nervous on the stage.
B.she lost her interest in that role.
C.she preferred the role of the narrator
D.she had difficulty memorizing her words
57.Why did the mother suggest a walk in the garden
A.To remove the dandelions
B.To enjoy the garden scene
C.to have a talk with her daughter.
D.to hlep her daughter with the play.
58.What is the main idea of the story
A.Everybody can find his or her own way to success.
B.Everybody has his or her own value in the world.
C.Everybody should learn to play different roles
DEverybody has some unforgettable memory.
B
Italian Lakes and Greek Islands(12Days)
Prices starting from $1，999
Your tour begins in Milan,Italy,and moves on to the pretty Italian Lake District and the attractive resort(胜地）of Stresa,your home for two nights. Collette Vacations has carefully chosen the Costa Victoria as your home away from home for your 7-night journey along the waterways of the Mediterranean. The cruise ship is filled with the warmth and culture of Italy and is richly designed with entertainment(娱乐）areas and very good living conditions. It will take you to the places of your dreams.
You'll spend 4 days touring Greek cities you've always heard about. In Katakolon,you will have the only unguided tour to nearby Olympia on the whole journey. Then with a local guide you will visit the Greek islands of Santorini,which is often related to the story of the lost city of Atlantis,and Mykonos,a wonderful island with beautiful beaches.
Your journey ends in Verona,home of the love story Romeo and Juliet,with a fun-filled farewell dinner-a perfect ending to a pleasant journey.
12Day,25Meals:10Breakfasts,6 Lunches,9Dinners
Day 1 Overnight flight to Italy
Day 2-3 Regina Palace,stresa,Italy
Day 4-10 Costa Victoria(Costa cruises)
Day 11 Hotel Leopardi,Verona,Italy
Day 12 Leave for home
Please Note:
59.How is the journey planned
A.It starts and ends in Italy.
B.It starts and ends in Greece.
C.It starts in Italy and ends in Greece.
D.It starts in Greece and ends in Italy.
60.What can be inferred from the travel plan
A.The price may get lower than those in the plan.
B.The prices include three meals a day.
C.The price is the highest in summer.
D.The prices include entertainment service.
61.What does the underlined part“the Costa Victoria”most probably refer to
A.A　famous hotel. B.A beautiful resort.
C.A comfortable ship. D.A long-distance bus.
62.Tourists will travel on their own in .
A.Stresa B.Olympia C.Mykonos D.Verona
C
When a Swedish ship that sank in 1628 was recovered from the port of Stockholm,historians and scientists were overjoyed with the chance to examine the remains of the past. The ship construction showed how ships were built and operated during the seventeenth century. In this way,artifacts,objects made by human beings,provided a picture of daily life almost 400 years ago.
Underwaterarchaeology-the study of ships,aircraft and human settlements that have sunk under large bodies of water-is really a product of the last 50 years. The rapid growth of this new area of study has occurred because of the invention of better diving equipment .Besides the Swedish ship wreck(残骸），underwater archaeologists have made more exciting discoveries such as the 5000-year-old boats in the Mediterranean Sea.
Underwater archaeology can provide facts abut the past.In ancient ports all over the world are ships sunken in the past 6,000 years. There are also sunken settlements in seas and lakes telling of pelples way of life and their systems of trade in ancient times.Underwater archaeologists want to study these objects to add to the world's knowledge of history,but they have to fight two enemies. One enemy is treasure hunters who dive for ancient artifacts that they can sell to collectors. Once sold,these objects are lost to experts. The second enemy is dredging machines(挖掘机）often used to repair ports.These machines destroy wrecks and artifacts or bury them deeper under sand and mud.By teaching the public about the importance of underwater“museums”of the past,archaeologists are hoping to get support for laws to protect underwater treasures.
63.What purpose does Paragraph 1 serve in the passage
A.To provide background information of the topic
B.To attract readers' attention to the topic
C.To use an example to support the topic
D.To offer basic knowledge of the topic
64.The aim of underwater archaeology is to .
A. exploit water bodies B. search for underwater life C.. study underwater artifacts
D. examine underwater environment
65.Underwater archaeologists are worried because_____.
A.sea hunters have better diving equipment　B.their knowledge of world history is limited　C.dredging machines cause damage to the ports　D.sold artifacts can hardly be regained for research
66.What is the main purpose of the passage
A.To introduce a young branch of learning.　B.To discuss the scientists’problems.　C.To explain people’s way of life in the past.　D.To describe the sunken ships.
D
Tragedy at the Circus
In yesterday’s circus（马戏团）show,a tiger suddenly attacked its trainer and had to be shot dead.As the circus packed up and left,circus officials said the show would go on,even without tigers.
However,the officials can’t simply turn a blind eye to the ethical problems left behind.Even before this tragedy(悲剧),animal rights activists protested against keeping wild animals in unnatural conditions and forcing them to suffer for the profit(利润)of circus organizers.
It is now time for us to take effective steps to make sure that circus animals are treated properly.
*******************************
Circus Safe for Animals
Our circus recently suffered a most tragic event in its history.While we are thankful for the pity from the public,we are also astonished by the opinion exprssed in “Tragedy at the Circus.”
First,our performing animals are not taken from the wild.As to the ethical problems.we always believe humans and animals can—and should—live together nicely.To us,the performing animals are representatives of their species(物种),and our circus is one of the only places left willing to support this special role of performing animals in the existence of the species.Those who argue that circus life is harmful to animals show little knowledge of these facts.Life in the “wild”is unsafe,but a continuous struggle for existence.To overlook these reslities is the greatest fault against the animal kingdom.
This circus has proven that animals are stronger and smarter than we could imagine.Within the circus is a joyful atmosphere for both animals and humans:people are educated,and species saved.
　　67.What is the main purpose of the first passage
A.To show pity for the performing animals. B.To express worries about ainimal trainers'safety. C.To deal with the difficult situations of the circus. D.To call for action to protect circus animals.
　　68.What will the circus most probably do
A.Take no notice of the tragedy.
B.Continue its performances.
C.Use fewer wild animals.
D.Limit its profit.
69.What does the circus think of its performing animals
A.They are as clever as human beings.
B.They struggle continuously with human beings for existence.
C.They are helpful in saving their species.
D.They have equally natural living conditions as wild animals.
70.What is the most probable relationship between the two passages
A.A public request and a newspaper report.
　　　　B. A newspaper article and a reply to it.
C.Two parts of a newspaper article.
D.Two newspaper reports.
E
The flag,the most common symbol(象征) of a nation in the modern world,is also one of the most ancient.With a clear symbolic meaning,the flag in the traditional form is still used today to mark buildings,ships and other vehicles related to a country.
The national flag as we know it today is in no way a primitive(原始的)artifact.It is ,rather,the product of thousands of years' development.Historians believe that it had two major ancestors,of which the earlier served to show wind direction.
Early human beings used very fragile houses and boats.Often strong winds would tear roofs from houses or cause high waves that endangered travelers.People's food supplies were similarly vulnerable.Even after they had learned how to plant grains,they still needed help from nature to ensure good harvests.Therefore they feared and depended on the power of the wind,which could bring warmth from one direction and cold from another.
Using a simple piece of cloth tied to the top of a post to tell the direction of the wind was more dependable than earlier methods,such as watching the rising of smoke from a fire.The connection of the flag with heavenly power was therefore reasonable.Early human societies began to fix long pieces of cloth to the tops of totems(图腾) before carrying them into battle. They believed that the power of the wind would be added to the good wishes of the gods and ancestors represented by the totems themselves.
These flags developed very slowly into modern flags. The first known flag of a nation or a ruler was unmarked:The king of China around 1000 B.C. was known to have a white flag carried ahead of him.This practice might have been learned from Egyptians even further in the past,but it was from China that it spread over trade routes through India, then across Arab lands, and finally to Europe,where it met up with the other ancestor of the national flag.
71.The best title for the passage would be
A.Development of the National Flag
B.Power of the National Flag
C.Types of Flags D.Uses of Flags
72.The underlined word "vulnerable" in Paragraph 3 means
A.impossible to make sure of
B.likely to be protected
C.easy to damage D.difficult to find
73.The earliest flags were connected with heavenly power because.
A.they could tell wind direction
B.they could bring good luck to fighters
C.they were handed down by the ancestors
D.they were believed to stand for natural forces
74.What does the author know of the first national flag
A.He knows when it was sent to Europe.
B.He believes it was made in Egypt.
C.He thinks it came from China.
D.He doubts where it started.
75.What will the author most probably talk about next
A.The role of China in the spread of the national flag.
B.The second ancestor of the national flag.
C.The use of modern flags in Europe.
D.The importance of modern flags.
　　　　 四、写作（共两节，满分35分）
　　第一节　短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）　以下标有题号的每一行均有一个错误，请找出，并按下列情况改正：此行多一个词；把多余的词用斜线（\）划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线划掉。此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（Λ），在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。此行错一词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
　注意：请在答题卡上作答。
My hometown is a pretty city，so people there are　　 76.　　　　　　　　　　
kind and polite.With coming of spring，grass and 　　　77.　　　　　　　　　　
trees turn green，and flowers grew in many colors.　78.　　　　　　　　　　
In summer,the sea under the blue skies is even more　79.　　　　　　　　　　
beautiful.After autumn arrives，the city looks as an 　80.　　　　　　　　　　
old man with leaves fallen from the trees.In winter，　　　　　　81.　　　　　　　　　　
a lot of white birds come to my city for food.I　can　　　　　82.　　　　　　　　　　　　　
wait more patiently above the sea for quite a long　　　　　　83.　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
time. While they find fish come to the surface,they　　　　　　84.　　　　　　　　　　
fly down immediate and catch them without delay. 85.　　　　　　　　　　
That is my city,and I love it so much.　　　
第二节　书面表达（满分25分）
　加拿大高中生David在互联网（Internet)上登出启事（notice），希望结识一位中国朋友，以便学习中国的语言、文化（culture）。
假设你是李华，请在看到这则启事后，用英文给David发一封电子邮件，主要内容包括：
　　●你怎样得知David的愿望
●你愿意成为他的朋友
●你打算如何帮助他
●你盼望他的回复
注意：
　　1.电子邮件的格式已为你写好。
　　2.词数：100词左右。
3.请在答题卡上作答。
答案
一、听力（共20小题，每小题1.5分，满分30分）
1.C 2.A 3.B 4.A 5.C 6.B 7.A 8.C 9.B 10.C 11.A 12.A 13.A 14.C 15.B 16.B 17.C 18.science 19.1782 20.French
二、英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）
第一节　单项填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）
21.C 22.B 23.C 24.D 25.C 26.D 27.B 28.A 29.D 30.B 31.A 32.A 33.B 34.D 35.B
第二节完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）
36.D 37.C 38.B 39.A 40.D 41.A 42.C 43.B 44.D 45.D 46.D 47.A 48.B 49.C 50.A 51.C 52.B 53.A 54.C 55.C
三、阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分）
56.A 57.C 58.B 59.A 60.C 61.C 62.B 63.B 64.C 65.D 66.A 67.D 68.B 69.C 70.B 71.A 72.C 73.D 74.D 75.B
四、写作（共两节，满分35分）
第一节　短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
My hometown is a pretty city，so people there are 76 and
kind and polite.WithΛcoming of spring,grass and 77. the
trees turn green,and flowers grew in many colors. 78. grow
In summer,the sea under the blue skies is even more 79. sky
beautiful. After autumn arrives,the city looks as an 　　80. like
old man with leaves fallen from the trees. In winter, 81. falling
a lot of white birds come to my city for food. I can 82. They
wait more patiently above the sea for quite a long 83. more
time. While they find fish come to the surface,they 84. When
fly down immediate and catch them without delay. 85. immediately
That is my city,and I love it so much.
第二节　书面表达（满分25分）略座位号
姓名
绝密★启用前
(在此卷上答题无效)c
2006年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(安徽卷)
英。
本试卷分第1卷(选择题)和第Ⅱ(非选择题)两部分,第1卷1至14页,第Ⅱ
卷15至16页。全卷满分150分,试时间120分
考生注意事项
答题前,务必在试题卷、答题卡规定的地力填自已的座
上所粘贴的条形码中“座位号、姓名、科
性名,并认真核对答题卡
个人座位号、姓名、科类是否一致
答第I卷时,每小题选出答案后
需改动,用橡皮擦干净后,再
B笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。如
答案标
3.答第Ⅱ卷时,必须用0.5毫米黑爸墨水签字笔在答题卡上用在试题卷作答无效
4考试结束,监考员将试题卷和答题卡一并收回
第↓卷
第一部分听力(共两节,满分30分
做题时,先将答案标在试卷上音内容结束后,你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上
的答案转涂到答题卡上。
第一节(共5小题;每小题1.5分,满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选
项,并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后,你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读
下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍
例: How much is the sh
A.￡19
B.￡9
C.￡9
答案是B。
W英语试卷第1页(共16页)
ww Gaokao co
How much will the man pay for the tickets
A
￡7.5
B15

2. Which is the right gate for the man's flight
A. Gate 16
B. Gate 22
C. Gate 25
3. How does the man feel about going to school by bike
A Happy
B. Tire
4. When can the woman get the computers
A. On Tuesday
B On Wednesday
ww.aD
C. On Thursday
5. What does the woman think of the shirt for the party
A. The size is not large enough
B. The material is not good
C. The color is not suitable
Gaokao.co
第二节(共15小题;每小题1.5分,满分225分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有几个小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选
项,并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话前,你将有时间阅读各个小题,每小题5秒钟;听完
后各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话读两遍
听第6段材料,回答第6、7题。
6. What can we leam about Mr. Brown
A. He is in his office
B. He is at a meeting
C. He is out for a meal
Gao.ao co
w英语试卷第2页(共16页)w.Gao- Kao comPAGE
2006年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试 (江苏卷)
英 语
第I卷(共115分)
第一部分：听力（共两节，满分30分）
做题时，先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后，你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上的答案转涂到答题卡上。
第一节 （共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分）
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
例：How much is the shirt
A． 19.15. B． 9.15. C． 9.18. 答案是B.
1. How much will the man pay for the tickets
A. ￡7.5. B. ￡15. C. ￡50.
2. Which is the right gate for the man's flight
A. Gate 16. B. Gate 22. C. Gate 25.
3. How does the man feel about going to school by bike
A. Happy. B. Tired. C. Worried.
4. When can the man get the computers
A. On Tuesday. B. On Wednesday. C. On Thursday
5. What does the man think of the shirt for the party
A. The size is not large enough. B. The material is not good. C. The color is not suitable.
第二节 （共15小题；每题1.5分，满分22.5分）
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，每小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。
6. What can we learn about Mr. Brown
A. He is in his office. B. He is at a meeting. C. He is out for a meeting.
7. What will the man probably do next
A. Call back. B. Come again. C. Leave a message.
听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。
8. What kind of room does the man want to take
A. A single room. B. A double room. C. A room for three.
9. What does the man need to put in the form
A. Telephone and student card numbers.
B. Student card number and address.
C. Address and telephone number.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
10. What is the relationship between the speakers
A. Fellow clerks. B. Boss and secretary.
C. Customer and salesperson.
11. What does the man like about his job
A. Living close to the office. B. Chances to go abroad.
C. Nice people to work with.
12. What do we know about the woman
A. She likes traveling. B. She is new to the company.
C. She works in public relations.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
13. When will the visitors come
A. In March. B. In April. C. In May.
14. How many visitors are coming
A. 8. B. 10. C. 12.
15 What will the visitors do on the second day
A. Go to a party. B. Visit schools. C. Attend a lecture.
16. Where will the visitors go on the final day
A. To London B. To Scotland C. To the coast.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
17. What is the first word the baby tried to say
A. Truck. B. Ok. C. Duck.
18. How old was the baby when he learned to say that word correctly
A. About 18 months. B. About 21 months. C. About 24 months.
19. What did the father do when the baby screamed that word at the airport
A. He corrected the baby. B. He tried to stop the baby.
C. He hid himself somewhere.
20. Why did the mother pretend not to know the baby
A. She got angry with the father.
B. She was frightened by the noise.
C. She felt uneasy about the noisy baby.
第二部分：英语知识运用（共两节, 满分45分）
第一节：单项填空（共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分）
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
例：It is generally considered unwise to give a child he or she wants.
A. however B. whatever C .whichever D. whenever
答案是B.
21. --- I think I’ll give Bob a ring.
--- You _______. You haven’t been in touch with him for ages.
A. will B. may C. have to D. should
22. My most famous relative of all, _______ who really left his mark on America, was Rob Sussel, my great-grandfather..
A. one B. the one C. he D. someone
23. --- I don’t suppose the police know who did it.
--- Well, surprisingly they do. A man has been arrested and ________ now.
A. has been questioned B. is being questioned
C. is questioning D. has questioned
24. This new model of car is so expensive that it is _______ the reach of those with average income.
A. over B. within C. beyond D. below
25. --- Are you going to have a holiday this year
--- I’d love to. I can’t wait to leave this place _______.
A. off B. out C. behind D. over
26. The committee is discussing the problem right now. it will _______ have been solved by the end of next week.
A. eagerly B. hopefully C. immediately D. gradually
27. Although medical science __________ control over several dangerous diseases, what worries us is that some of them are returning.
A. achieved B. has achieved C. will achieve D. had achieved
28. --- It took me ten years to build up my business, and it almost killed me.
--- Well, you know what they say. _________.
A. There is no smoke without fire B. Practice makes perfect
C. All roads lead to Rome D. No pains, no gains
29. The owner of the cinema needed to make a lot of improvements and employ more people to keep it running, ______ meant spending tens of thousands of pounds.
A. who B. that C. as D. which
30. Whenever he was asked why he was late for class, he would answer carelessly, always ______ the same thing.
A. saying B. said C. to say D. having said
31. _______ environmental damage is done, it takes many years for the ecosystem (生态系统) to recover.
A. Even if B. If only C. While D. Once
32. --- There is a story here in the paper about a 110-year-old man.
--- My goodness! I can’t imagine _________ that old.
A. to be B. to have been C. being D. having been
33. I wish you’d do ________ talking and some more work. Thus things will become better.
A. a bit less B. any less C. much more D. a little more
34. A poet and artist ________ coming to speak to us about Chinese literature and painting tomorrow afternoon.
A. is B. are C. was D. were
35. We haven’t settled the question of ______ it is necessary for him to study abroad.
A. if B. where C. whether D. that
第二节 完型填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）
请认真阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
I know I should have told the headmaster at the time. That was my real 36 .
He had gone out of the study for some 37 , leaving me alone. In his absence I looked to see 38 was on his desk. In the 39 was a small piece of paper on which were written the 40 “English Writing Prize 1949. History Is a Serious of Biographies (人物传记)”.
A(n) 41 boy would have avoided looking at the title as soon as he saw the 42 . I did not. The subject of the English Writing Prize was kept a 43 until the start of the exam so I could not 44 reading it.
When the headmaster 45 , I was looking out of the window.
I should have told him what had 46 then. It would have been so 47 to say: “I’m sorry, but I 48 the title for the English Writing Prize on your desk. You’ll have to 49 it.”
The chance passed and I did not 50 it. I sat the exam the next day and I won. I didn’t 51 to cheat, but it was still cheating anyhow.
That was thirty-eight years 52 when I was fifteen. I have never told anyone about it before, 53 have I tried to explain to myself why not.
The obvious explanation is that I could not admit I had seen the title 54 admitting that I had been looking at the things on his desk. 55 there must have been more behind it. Whatever it was, it has become a good example of how a little mistake can trap (使陷入) you in a more serious moral corner (道德困境).
36. A. plan B. fault C. grade D. luck
37. A. reason B. course C. example D. vacation
38. A. this B. which C. that D. what
39. A. drawer B. corner C. middle D. box
40. A. names B. words C. ideas D. messages
41. A. honest B. handsome C. friendly D. active
42. A. desk B. paper C. book D. drawer
43. A. question B. key C. note D. secret
44. A. help B. consider C. practise D. forget
45. A. disappeared B. stayed C. returned D. went
46. A. existed B. remained C. happened D. continued
47. A. tiring B. easy C. important D. difficult
48. A. saw B. gave C. set D. made
49. A. repeat B. defend C. correct D. change
50. A. take B. have C. lose D. find
51. A. remember B. learn C. mean D. pretend
52. A. past B. ago C. then D. before
53. A. either B. never C. nor D. so
54. A. by B. besides C. through D. without
55. A. But B. Though C. Otherwise D. Therefore
第三部分：阅读理解（共20小题，每题2分，满分40分）
请认真阅读下列短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
The Marches were a happy family. Poverty, hard work, and even the fact that Father March was away with the Union armies could not down the spirits of Meg, Jo, Amy, and Marmee, as the March girls called their mother.
The March sisters tried to be good but had their share of faults. Pretty Meg was often displeased with the schoolchildren she taught; boyish Jo was easy to become angry; golden-haired schoolgirl Amy liked to show up; but Beth, who kept the house, was loving and gentle always.
The happy days passed and darkness came when a telegram arrived for Mrs. March. “Your husband is very ill,” it said, “come at once.” The girl tried to be brave when their mother left for the front. They waited and prayed. Little Beth got scarlet fever (猩红热) when she was taking care of the sick neighbor. She became very ill but began to recover by the time Marmee was back. When Father came home from the front and at that joyful Christmas dinner they were once more all together.
Three years later the March girls had grown into young womanhood. Meg became Mrs. Brooke, and after a few family troubles got used to her new state happily. Jo had found pleasure in her literary efforts. Amy had grown into a young lady with a talent for design and an even greater one for society. But Beth had never fully regained her health, and her family watched her with love and anxiety.
Amy was asked to go and stay in Europe with a relative of the Marches. Jo went to New York and became successful in her writing and had the satisfaction of seeing her work published there. But at home the bitterest blow was yet to fall. Beth had known for some time that she couldn’t live much longer to be with the family and in the spring time she died.
News came from Europe that Amy and Laurie, the grandson of a wealthy neighbor, had planned to be married soon. Now Jo became ever more successful in her writing and got married to Professor Bhaer and soon afterwards founded a school for boys.
And so the little women had grown up and lived happily with their children, enjoying the harvest of love and goodness that they had devoted all their lives to.
56. The members of the March family were Father March, Mrs. March and their _______.
A. four daughters B. five daughters
C. son and four daughters D. son and five daughters
57. Who was the most successful in career (事业) among the March girls
A. Jo B. Beth C. Amy D. Meg
58. Which of the following would be the best title for the passage
A. The march Family B. The March Parents
C. The March Girls D. The March Relatives
59. It can be inferred from the passage that the March family had ______.
A. both happiness and sadness B. wealthy neighbors
C. more girls than boys D. a lot of rich relatives
B
The first reality TV show in the world was called Expedition Robinson and it was shown in Sweden in 1997. Half the population of the country watched the final event and a new kind of TV program was born. Two years later in Holland , the first series of Big Brother was filmed. Again, it was a great success and the final program was watched by 15 million people. Now more than 20 countries around the world have Big Brother or Expedition Robinson on their TV screens. The ordinary people who take part in the programs are known by millions of people in their own countries and reality TV has become big, big business.
For the TV producers, reality TV is a dream come true because many of the programs cost nothing to make. At some point, the television viewers are asked to telephone the program to vote or to apply to take part in the show. It is the cost of these telephone calls that pays for the shows. One of the most popular shows is Pop Idol. In the show a group of attractive young people are made into pop stars. TV viewers vote for their favorite person on the show. The winner makes a record and millions of copies of the record are sold. His or her pictures are published on the covers of magazines or on the front pages of newspapers, and then, they are quickly forgotten.
But not everyone is happy about reality TV. In Portugal, two TV channels got into trouble because they showed too much of the personal lives of the people in the shows. In France, reality TV is called “rubbish TV” and the TV studios of Big Brother were attacked three times in one week. In Greece, Big Brother was described as “ against human rights and civilization”.
61. Those who take part in the reality TV shows are usually _____.
A. common people B. pop TV stars C. attractive people D. famous film stars
62. Who would pay for the cost of the reality TV shows according to the passage
A. TV producers who make reality TV shows
B. TV actors who take part in reality TV shows.
C. TV viewers who telephone reality TV shows
D. TV companies which broadcast reality TV shows
63. It can be concluded from the passage that ______.
A. everyone is happy about reality TV.
B. reality TV will do well in many countries.
C. all the people in Europe are in favor of reality TV
D. reality TV will not be broadcast in any countries.
C
I II
64. According to Advertisement 1, the famous yearly competition is ______.
A. a music competition B. an eating competition
C. a cooking competition D. a pleasure-taking competition
65. People who come to watch the competition earliest may _______.
A. get the best watching position B. get the best food.
C. watch whatever they want to D. take good pictures
66. The best title for Advertisement 2 would be _______.
A. The Vikings B. Reliving of the Vikings
C Frojel D. A Viking Reliving Society
67. From the advertisement we know that Frojel used to be ______.
A. a Viking club. B. a family-based society
C. a European island D. a trading center
D
In a recently published book, I came across some exercises with interesting names such as fishbone diagrams, lotus flowers and clustering. As I used these exercises in my classes, I noticed that students were interested. They said more and wrote more. They enjoyed expressing their ideas and sharing them in groups. They were no longer passively waiting for the bell , but actively taking part in the lesson. I find that creativity can act as a way to increase participation and improve fluency.
Creativity has become a popular word in recent years. Scholars in arts, psychology, business, education and science are all working to get a deeper understanding of it. Robert J. Stemberg is a creativity specialist and Yale professor of psychology. He defines creativity as “the ability to produce work that is both new (original) and appropriate(applicable to the situation ) ”. this definition is useful, as we want our students to use language in a new way and to use it correctly and properly. Mot scholars say there are two types of creativity: big “C” creativity and small “c” creativity. Big “C” creativity refers to genius level thinking that results in artistic masterpieces and scientific breakthroughs. Small “c” creativity refers to everyday level thinking that can be used in any situation our emphasis is on the latter. While it goes without saying that any of our students could go on to be the next Picasso or Edison, our aim is to help students produce more ideas and use language in a new way.
68. The underlined words “waiting for the bell ” in the first paragraph probably means______.
A. longing for a phone call B. hoping to have a bell
C. expecting the end of the class D. waiting to speak in the class
69. It can be inferred from the passage that the author thinks the exercises in the book were _____.
A. popular B. useful C. scientific D. creative
70. When you use a familiar word in a new way, you are ________.
A creative in the sense of big “C” creativity.
B. creative in the sense of small “c” creativity..
C. not creative in the sense of big “C” creativity..
D. not creative in the sense of small “c” creativity.
71. The main purpose of the passage is to _________.
A. show how useful the book is.
B, explain what creativity
C. discuss how one can be creative
D. tell what reaching aims at
E
A new eight-kilometer road is under construction that links the port area with motorway system. It is expected to carry 20,000 trucks and cars a day, which greatly reduces the overcrowded traffic in the center of the city. As part of the project, two four-kilometer road tunnels are being built below the central area of the city, one for traffic to the north and the other for the traffic to the south. The two tunnels are about 20 meters below the surface and are 12 meters wide, providing for two lanes of traffic in each direction.
In the upper part of the tunnel two air-conditioning pipes remove the waste gas of trucks and cars and keep the quality of air inside the tunnel. The lighting is at the top of the tunnel, practically at its highest point. There will also be electric signs at frequent intervals. They show traffic conditions ahead and can be seen clearly by drivers. The wall is made up of four main elements, which include a waterproofing covering and, on the inside of the tunnel, a concrete lining.
Each tunnel is roughly round and the lower part of the tunnel is somewhat flat. The surface of the road lies on the base, which is made of concrete and steel. The drainage system, just below the road surface on one side, removes any extra liquid, particularly water. In the event of fire, the fire main, which is made of steel, pipes water to many fire hydrant stations at regular intervals along the length of the tunnel. The fire main is at the side of the tunnel and at the level of the road surface. Other systems in the tunnel will include emergency phones.
72. Each of the tunnels under construction is _____.
A. eight kilometers long and twenty meters wide
B. eight kilometers long and six meters wide
C. four kilometers long and twenty meters wide
D. four kilometers long and six meters wide
73. Which part of the tunnel in the diagram is used to pipe out extra water
A. 1 B. 3 C. 5 D 6
74. Driving in the tunnel, one can know the traffic conditions ahead through______.
A. the lights B. the electric signs
C. the trucks and the cars D. the emergency phones
75. The passage is mainly about _____.
A. the construction of a road B. the design of a road
C. the construction of two tunnels D.the design of two tunnels
第四部分：写作 （共两节，满分35分）
第一节：对话填空
请认真阅读下列对话，并根据各题所给的首字母的提示，在答题卡右栏中标有题目的横线上，写出一个英语单词的完整、正确的形式，使对话通顺。
N= Nicola A= Annie N. Hi, Annie. Did you have a good holiday A: Oh,yes. I had a great 76 t______. But I’ve to tell you---- the most amazing thing happened. N: 77 R____ What was that A: Well, I was swimming in the sea and a huge wave came along and 78 k______ my sunglasses into the water. I----N: Why were you swimming in your sunglasses A: Oh, I don’t know. I’d just 79 I______ them on top of my head. I’d forgotten they were there. Anyway, they were 80 g_____. I was very upset. You know they were quite expensive. N: I remember 81 n_____ 100 pounds. A: Yeah. Anyway, the next day I was lying on the beach, sunbathing. Then suddenly another huge wave ----- N. Are you 82 s______ this was a good holiday A: Yeah--- but listen! When I looked down, there on the sand, 83 r_____ next to me, were my sunglasses. I couldn’t 84 b______ my eyes. N: You’re 85 j______ ! That is amazing. 76 __________________ 77_________________78___________________79__________________80________________81___________________82__________________83_________________84________________85____________________
第二节 书面表达（满分25分）
据报道，2008年北京奥运会将选拔约十万志愿者为之服务。请你以“Dos and Don’ts for the 2008 Olympic Volunteers”为题，用英语写一篇短文，讨论志愿者应该做什么，不应该做什么。短文应包括下表中的内容：
Dos Don’ts
1. 待人礼貌、友好 1．避免不得体的言行
2．坚守岗位 2．不忘履行自己的职责
3．介绍中国历史和文化 3．不损害祖国的形象
如果你成为志愿者，你还应该做什么，不应该做什么。 （内容由考生自己拟定）
注意：1。对所给要点，不要简单翻译，要有适当发挥
2．字数120左右。短文中已写好了的部分，不计入词数
3．参考词汇：形象—— image
Dos and Don’ts for the 2008 Olympic Volunteers
It is reported that about 100,000 people will be chosen as volunteers for the 2008 Olympic Games in Beijing. What should the volunteers do and what should they not do
_________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
If I have the honour to be chosen as a volunteer, __________________________________
2006年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试 (江苏卷)
英语试题参考答案
第一部分：
1-20: BCAAC CAACA BBABB CABBC
第二部分：
21-35: DBBCC BBDDA DCAAC
36-55: BADCB ABDAC CBADA CBCDA
第三部分：
56-75: AACAA CCBBA DDCDB BDCBD
第四部分：
第一节：
76. time 77. Really 78. knocked 79. left 80. gone
81. nearly / near 82. sure 83. right 84. believe 85. joking
第二节：
It is reported that about 100,000 people will be chosen as volunteers for the 2008 Olympic Games in Beijing. What should the volunteers do and what should they not do
Firstly, they should be polite and friendly to the athletes and visitors from all over the world, and avoid improper behaviour. Secondly, they should stick to their posts, offering good services, satisfying any reasonable needs and being ready to help those in difficulty, and never fail to do theirduty. Thirdly, they should introduce the Chinese culture and history to foreigners so that they may know China better and never say or do anything that harms the image of our motherland.
If I have the honour to be chosen as a volunteer, besides the above, I will work hard and creatively, but never be lazy. I will follow the law and disciplining, but never break them. I will take the opportunity to make friends with the athletes and visitors, and help make the 2008 Olympic Games a great success.
The opening ceremony of this famous yearly competition will begin at 11:30 a.m. There will be music groups, rappers and children’s chorus. 12:25 p.m. sees the introduction of the eaters who come from all over the world. At 12:40 p.m. the historic 12-minute all-you-can-eat competition will begin. The world record stands at over 50 hot dogs and buns in 12 minutes. Will anyone beat the record this year
Viewing is available on a first-come-first- served basis. Television crews are invited to use a two-tiered stage three meters from the main stage. The area in front of the main stage is kept for photographers and television cameras without tripods (三脚架).
Few periods in history are as exciting as the time when the Vikings (北欧海盗) were known --- and sometimes feared --- throughout Scandinavia, the British Isles. Russia,all the Mediterranean, Africa and even America.
Frojel is a family-based society, which aims to relive and describe the Vikings from a harbor---Frojel , on the Swedish island of Gotland. Frojel was one of the richest trading centers in the Viking world.
The members of the society aim to recreate the clothing, weapons, tools, jewellery, games, food and furniture of the long-gone period. They want to enjoy an escape to a simpler , more relaxed time, with like-minded people. They will also use the items they have made to relive that age at various public entertainments.
PAGE
12006年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试
英　　语
注意事项：
1.本试卷分第一部分和第二部分。第一部分为选择题，第二部分为非选择题。
2.考生领到试卷后，须按规定在试卷上填写姓名、准考证号，并在答题卡上填涂对应的试卷
类型信息点。
3.所有答案必须在答题卡上指定区域内作答，考试结束后，将本试卷和答题卡一并交回.
第一部分
第一大题英语知识运用（共三节，满分50分）
第一节　　语音知识（共5小题；每小题1分，满分5分）
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，找出其划线部分与所给单词的划线部分读音相同的选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
例：have
A.gave B.save C.hat D.made
答案是C。
1.honest
A.host B.hour C.habit D.husband
2.occur
A.ocean B.possible C.position D.offer
3.enough
A.touch B.mouth C.soul D.shout
4.wear
A.near B.require C.chcer D.share
5.watched
A.judged B.worked C.refused D.wanted
语法和词汇知识（共１５小题；每小题１分，满分１５分）
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
例：We________last night,but se went to the concert instead.
A.must have studied B.might study
C.should have studied D.would study
答案是C。
6. I used to earn_______than a pound a week when I first started work.
A.a little B.a few
C.fewer D.less
7. —You look very tired_______at all last night
—No,not really.I’m stired out now.
A.Do you sleep B.Were you sleeping
C.Did you sleep D.Had you slept
8.She as educated at Bejing University,________She went on to have her advanced study abroad.
A..after which B.from which
C.from that D.after that
9.His plan was such a good one_________we all agread to accept it.
A.so B.and C.that D.as
10.My sister was against my suggcestion while my brother was_________it.
A.in favout of B.in memory of
C.in honour of D.in searvh of
11. —I’m terribly sorry that I made your table cloth dirty.
—___________.
A.Never mind B.Don’t mention it
C.That’s right D.Sorry
12.The construetion of the two new railway lines__________by now.
A.has completed B.have completed
C.have been completed D.has been completed
13.It is difficult to imagine his________the decision without any consideration.
A.accept B.accepting
C.to accept D.accepted
14.With no one to________in such a frightening situation,she felt very helpless.
A.turn to B.turn on
C.turn off C.turn over
15.According to_________World Health Organization,health care plans are needed in all big cities to prevent_________spread of AIDS.
A.the;不填　　　　　　　　　　B.the;the
C.a;a D.不填;the
16.Only then___________how much damage had been caused.
A.she realized B.she had realized
C.had she realized D.did she realize
17.Faced with a bill for ＄ 10,000,________.
A.John has taken an extra job
B.the boss has given john an extra job
C.an extra job has been taken
D.an extra job has been given to John
18. He hurried to the booking office only_________that all the tickets had been sold out.
A.to tell B.to be told
C.telling D.told
19.As you worked late yesterday,you_________have come this morning.
A.mayn’t B.can’t C.mustn’t D.needn’t
20.This is a very interesting book.I’ll buy it,+__________.
A.how much may it cost B.no matter how it may cost
C.however much it may cost D.how may it cost
完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）
阅读下面短文，从短文后所给各题的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
The child in the hospital bed was just waking up after having a throat(喉咙)　operation.His throat 21 ,and he was afraid.However.the young nurse 22 By his bed smiled so 23 hat the little boy smiled back.He 24 to be afraid.The young nurse was May Paxton 25 e was deaf　(聋的).May Paxton graduated 26 the Missouri School for the Deaf near the year 1909.Three years 27 she went to see Dr.Richard son about 28 nurse.Dr Richardson was one of the founders of Mercy Hospital of Kansas City. 29 had never heard of a deaf nurse.She told May that her 30 would be very low and that the work would be 31 . However,May said that hard work did not frighten her.Dr. Richardson was 32 her,and accepted May as a student nurse.
Dr.Richardson never 33 her decision 34 ,she was so pleased with May’s work that she later accepted two other deaf women as student nurses.The 35 was Miss Marian Finch,who was hard of 36 .The second was Miss Lillie Bessie.These three were 37 “the silent angles(天使) of Mercy Hospital”during the 38 they worked there.
Dr.Richardson often 39 her faith in the girls’ ability to learn nursing.She wrore to May,“For three years,you have been with us… It is wonderful to me that no man. 40 or child ever,to my knowledge,made a complaint(投诉)　against you…”
21.A.cut B.burt C.wounded D.darnaged
22.A.standing B.jurnping C.lying D.crying
23.A.shyly B sadly C.cheerfully D.weakly
24.A.continued B.began C.stopped D.forgot
25.A.for B.so C.and D.but
26.A.as B.from C.with D.in
27.A.later B.before C.ago D.then
28.A.seeking B.changing C.hiring D.becoming
29.A.You B.She C.We D.He
30.A.money B.check C .pay D.price
31.A.easy B.disappointing C.joyful D.difficult
32.A.angry with B.sagtisfied with C.sorry for D.ashamed of
33.A.regretted B.thought of C.liked D.believed
34.A.In fact B.In a hurry C.In surprise D.In public
35.A.one B.others C.first D.other
36.A.reading B.hearing C.listening D.writing
37.A.offered B.chosen C.told D.called
38.A.year B.month C.time D.term
39.A.spoke of B.said C.heard of D.noticed
40.A.person B.wornan C.boy D.girl
第二大题　　阅读理解（共25小题。第一节每小题2分，第二节每小题1分;满分45分）
第一节　　阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
For centuries,the only form of written correspondence (通信)was the letters were,and are,sent by some form of postal service,the history of which goes back a long way .indeed,the egyptians began sending letters from about 2000 BC,as did the Chinese a thousand years later.
Of course,modern postal service now are march more developed and faster.depending as they do on cars and planes fore delivery.Yet they are stell too slow for some people to send urgent documents (紧急文件)and letters.
The invention of the fax (传真) machine increased the speed of delivering documents even more.When you send a fax you are sending a copy of a piece of correspondence to someone by telephone service.It was not until the early 1980s that such a service was developed enough for bussinesses to be able to fax documents to each other.
The fax service is still very much in use when copies of documents require to be sent ,but,as a way of fast correspondence,it has been largely taken the place of by email ,Email is used to describe messages sent form one computer user to another.
There are advantages and disadvantages with emails.ifyou send some one an email ,then he will receive it extremely quickly .Normal postal services are rather slow as far as speed of delivery is concerned.
However,if you write something by email,which you might later regret ,and send it immediately,there is no chance for second thoughts.at least,if you are have to address and seal(封)the envelope and take it to the post box..there is plenty of time to change your mind .The message is think before you email!
41.We can learn from the tex that__________.
email is less popular than the fax service
the postal service has over the years become faster
the postal service has over the years become slower
the fax service has a history as long as the postal service does
42.It can be inferred from the text that_________.
the fax service had been fully developed by the 1980s
letters have been used in China for about 1,000 years
the fax machine was invented after the 1980s
letters have been used in Egypt for about 2,000 years
43.In the last paragraph,the wrin intentings think before you email”to show then________.
A.you may regret if you than’t your envelope
B.you may regre l before you send something by email
C.you’d better not send your email in a hurry
D.you regrse before you on time to send an email
44.The text madtry deal with_________.
A.the progress in correspondence
B.the advantage of fax machines
C.the advantage of emails
D.the invention of fas machines
B
LONDON Thursday Just Read—Eddy missed his girlfriend so made he flew back to Britain from Austrahe to propose(求婚)　to her.The pooblem is she did the same in the opposite diffion.
He and Anna crea manaed to miss each other when the the same airporr waiting room in Singaoore at he same time to wait for connecting mghrs.
Anna,heartbrok,when she arrived at Eddy’s Sydney flat lind he had flow to London,told times,“It was as though someone was playing a cruel joke on. ”
“He is the most romantic person I have ever known.I think our problem is that we are both quite impulsive(冲动的)people.We are always trying to surprise each other.”
After an 11,000-mile flight across gome,she wa greeted by Eddy’s astonished roommate asking what she was doing.
Eddy,a 27-year-old enginee taken year off to travel round Austr be he was missing Anna,a 26-year sece,so much he got a job on a Syd (工地)and started savir for a surprase.
He then flew bome no and went to her flat armed with engegerment(订婚)　ring,wine
and thougens.
“I really miseed Anna and I’d been thinking about her all the come I was so excited when she phoned me flom Ausrralia,”he said.
Eddy then asked Anna to marry him on tbe phone .“I didn’t know whether to laugh or cry but I accepted,”she said.
Anna was given a tour of Sydney by Eddy’s friends before going back home.Eddy and to stav in Britain for two weeks beean a could not change his ticket.
45.What does the last sentence of the first paragraph tell us
A.Anna flew to Britain from Australia to marry him.
B.Anna flew to Australia from Britain to marry him.
C.Anna flew to Britain from Australia to propose to him.
D.Anna flew to Australia from Britain to propose to him.
46.The underlined word“miss”in paragraph 2 most probably means_______.
A.escape from B.fail to understand
C.fail to meet B.long to see
47.Eddy got a job on a Sydney building site because he________.
A.wanted to travel round Australia
B.needed monev to pay his daily cost
C.was an engineer at this building site
D.hoped to make money from this job
48.Which of the following is TRUE about Eddy and Anna according to the text
A.Eddy proposed to Anna on the phone and Anna accepted.
B.Anna stayed in Australia waiting for Eddy’s arrival.
C.Anna bad a good time touring Sydney with Dddy.
D.Eddy met Anna in the airport waiting room by chance.
C
If you’re like most students,you probably read both at home and outside your home:perhaps somewhere on your schoolyard and maybe even at work during your breaks.Your reading environment can have a great effect on your understanding,so give some thought to how you can create(营造)or choose the right reading environments.The right environment allows you to stay alert(专注的)　and to keep all of your attention on the text,especially when it is both interesting and difficult.
When you’re at home,you can usually create effective conditions for reading.You might want to choose a particular place-a desk or table,for example-where you always read.Make sure the place you choose is well lighted,and sit in a chair that requires you to sit straight.Reading in a chair that’s too soft and comfortable is likely to make you sleepy!Keep your active reading tools(pens,markers,notebooks or paper) and a dictionary close at hand.
Before you sit down for a reading period,try to reduce all possible interruptions.Turn off your phone,the television,and the radio,Tell your family members or roommates that you’ll be busy for a while.If necessary,put a“Do not disturb”sign on your door!The more interruptions you must deal with while you read,the harder it will be to keep your attention on the task at hand.
49.The author believes that the right reading environment_________.
hels readers a little in their reading tasks
helps readers a lot in their readers a lot in their reading tasks
can only be created at one’s home
can only be created outside one’s home
50.Which type of the following interruptions is mentioned in the text
A.Dictionaries. B.Paper.
C.Phone calls. D.Notebooks.
51.What would be the best title for the text
How to read fast
Creating an Effectuve Reading Environment
The Ways to Reduce Possible Interruptions
What to Read
D
In many countries the standard of living enjoyed by their peole has increased rapidly in recent years. Sadly,not everyone in these coyntries is so fortunate and many people in rich contries are homeless.
The reasons for homelessness are various, but poverty（贫穷）is undoubtedly one of the main causes. The homeless people may have become jobless and then been unable to pay their rent and so no longer have a roof over their heads. Often, the fact that unemployed people get help from the government prevents this from happening, but not always.
Some homeless people are mentally ill and have no one to look after them. Some are young people who, for one reason or another , have left home and have nowhere to live. Many of them have had a serious disagreement with their parents and have left home, choosing to go to a city and live on the streets. Sometimes they have taken such action because they have been unable to get on with a step-parent.
Many homeless people get into the habit of begging to get enough money to stay alive, but many of the general public tefuse to give anything to beggars. Often they are moved on by the police, being accused （指控），whether rightly or wrongly, of forceful begging . There are many who disrespect homeles people.
Some cynics（愤世嫉俗的人）declare that homeless people choose to live the life which they lead. But who would willingly choose to live in z shop doorway, under a bridger or in a cardboard box
52.According to the text, what causes some people to be homeless
A.Lack of money. B.The increased standard of living.
C.No government help. D. Agreement with their parents.
53.It can be inferred from the text that________.
the homeles are willing to live under a bridge or in a cardboard box
you will not find homeless people in countries with a high standard of living
the mentally ill live on the stress becausethey want the company of other homeless people
the unemployed who receive help may still be among the homeless
54.In paragraph 2 , “a roof over their needs ”most probably means _________.
A.a cap B. a car
C.a home D.a covering
E
Among rich countries , people in the United States work the longest hours. T hey work much longer than in Europe. This difference is quite surprising because productivity per hour worked is the same in the United States as it is in France, Spain and Germany, and it is growing at a similar speed.
In most countries and at most times in history, as people have become richer they have chosen to work less. In other words they have decided to “spend”a part of their extra income on a fuller personal life. Over the last fifty years Europeans have continued this pattern, and hours of work have fallen sharply. But not in the United States. We do not fully know why this is. One reason may be more satisfying work,or less satisfying personal lives.
Longer hourd do of course increase the GDP (国内生产总值). So the United States has produced more per worker than, say,France.The United States also has more of its people at work,while in Frence many more mothers and older workers have decided to stay at home.The overall result is that American GDP per head is 40% higher than in France,even though productivity per hour worked is the same.
It is not clear which of the two situations is better.As we have seen, work has to be compared with other values like family life, which often get lost in interest.It is too erly to explain the different trends（趋势）in happiness over time in different countries. But it is a disappointingidea that in the United States happiness has made no progress since 1975, while it has resen in Europe. Could this have anything to do with trends in the work-life balance (平衡)
56.From the text we know that the autor .
A.believes that longer working hours is better
B.prefers shorter working hours to longer ones
C.says nothing certain about which pattern is better
D.thinks neither of the patterns is good
57.Which of the following countries has mone of its pcople at work
A.Spain. B.France.
C.Germany. D.America.
58.In the last paragraph,the underlined word“which”refers to_______.
A.family life B.situations
C.other values D.trends
59.What message can we get from the text
A.The GDP of Europe is higher than that of America.
B.Two possible reasons are given for working longer hours in the US.
C.People all over the world choose to work less when they are richer.
D.Amerleans are happler than Europeans.
60.Which of the following would be the best title for the text
A.Americans and Europeans B.Staying at Home
C.Work and Productivity D.Work and Happiness
第二节 根据对话内容，从对话后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。选项中有两项为多余选项。
―Can I help you
－Yes,I’m looking for a sweater.
－ 61
－I’m an extra large.
－ 62
－Yes,that’s nice. 63
－Certainly,there is a changing room over there.
－Thank you.
－ 64
―It’s too large.Do you have a large
― 65
―Thank you.I’ll have it,please.
How does it fit
How about this one
Can I try it on
Yes,let me have a look.
What size are you
How would you like to pay
Yes,here you are.
第二部分
第三大题 写作（共三节，满分55分）
单词拼写（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
根据下列句子及所给汉语注释，在答题卡指定区域的横线上写出空缺处各单词的正确形式。（每空只写一题）
66.We should make sure that the (事故) scene is no longer dangerous.
67.We had great difficulty in (呼吸),for the air was thin.
68.Well,you’ve acted (愚蠢地) and you will pay for it.
69.He was wearing dark glasses to (保护)his eyes from the sun.
70.Honestly I thought the fried chicken was (可口的).
71.In (地理)lessons we learn about countries and people in them.
72.They got lost in the desert and (挨饿) to death.
73.The car was a (廉价货) at that price.
74.Their living conditions have been (改善)in the past few years.
75.Please give my (祝贺) when you see her.
第二节 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1.5分，满分15分）
此题要求在答题卡上改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断：如无错误，在该行右边横线上划一个勾（√）；如有错误（每行只有一个错误），则按下列情况改正：
此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线（﹨）划掉在该行右边横线上写出该词，并用斜线划掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺字处加一个漏字符号（∧），在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错误的不要改。
Dear Anish,
Here are the information about Manchester University. 76.
It is about 200 miles far away from London,and it 77.
has a very big schoolyard.You can live in the school 78.
or near the school.They have all sorts of course. 79.
I’m sure you will find one you like it. I know you 80.
are particuiar interestes in Human Rights. So I will 81.
see that there is anything on their website(网址)。 82.
I’ll send my friend Charlie meet you at the airport 83.______
When you arrived.You mat him a few years ago,but he 84.______
Has changed a lot since them,Both your aunt or l ollk 85.______
Forward to seeing you again.
See you soon.
Pat
书面表达（满分30分）
暑假即将来临。你班同学讨论了假期计划，提出了不同看法，请根据提示写一篇有关讨论的英语短文，并谈谈你的看法。
优 点 缺 点
呆在家中 花费少、适方便 不能亲身了解外界
外出旅游 增长知识、开阔眼界 花费多、旅途不便
注意：1.短文写在答题卡上的指定区域，词数80-120（不含已写好部分）。
2.短文必须包括表中所列要点，可根据内容分段表述。
3.可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
4.参考词汇：跟界―horizon(或view)
*************************************
The summer holiday is corning.Our class have had a discussion about what to do during the holiday. .年菁通高等学校招
卷
将本试卷和
题
注事项
霍
宰母为准
用惊皮擦
其它答
在
照无效
选
将有0秒钟
关
A
做
白你将
在答题
滇
B
填
D
sat
B
摆其大
所维
最
te
导帮
pC
help, bi
be
F
a
gs
rain
题卡省
在链题绝密★启用前 试卷类型：B
2006年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(广东卷)
英 语
本试卷六大题，共16页，满分150分。考试用时120分钟。
注意事项：l.答卷前，考生务必用黑色字迹的钢笔或签字笔将自己的姓名和考生号填写在答 题卡上.用2B铅笔将答题卡试卷类型(B)涂黑。在答题右上角的“试室号”栏填写本科目试室号，在“座位号”列表内填写座位号，并用2B铅笔将相应的信息点涂黑。不按要求填涂的，答卷无效.
2.选择题每小题选出答案后，用2B铅笔把答题卡上对应题日的答案标号涂黑，如需改动，用橡皮擦干净后，再选涂其他答案，答案不能答在试卷上.
3．非选择题必须用黑色字迹钢笔或签字笔作答，答案必须写在答题卡各题目指定区域内相应位置上；如需改动，先划掉原来的答案，然后再写上新的答案；不准使用铅笔和涂改液.不按以上要求作答的答案无效。
4．考生必须保持答题卡的整洁，考试结束后，将试卷和答题卡一并交回.
Ⅰ. 听力(共两节，满分30分)
做题时，先将答案划在试卷亡。录音结束后．你将有两分钟的¨十问将试卷L的答案转
涂到答题卡上.
第一节：听独白或对话(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置，听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第1段对话，回答第1-3题。
1. Where does Jane ask Tom to meet her at first
2. When and where do they agree to meet finally
3. What does Jane have to do before going out to meet Tom
听第2段对话，回答第4-6题。
4. According to Peter, what is the problem with the building
A. The air-conditioning is too strong.
B. The air-conditioning is out of order.
C. The air-conditioning stops working sometimes.
5. Why did Peter miss the breakfast yesterday morning
A. He overslept.
B. He couldn't fall asleep the night before.
C. He talked with his roommates late into the night.
6. How many students will be staying in this room
A. Two.
B. Three.
C. Four.
听第3段对话，回答第7-9题。
7. Which subject (s) does David find particularly difficult
A. Math.
B. English.
C. The sciences.
8. What does David do to help his uncle with the cows
A. He milks the cows on Sundays and cleans the cowshed sometimes.
B. He drives the tractor on Sundays and does the milking sometimes.
C. He cleans the cowshed on Sundays and drives the tractor sometimes.
9. What is David going to do now
A. He is going to work on his own farm.
B. He is preparing to attend an agricultural college.
C. He is going to study hard to pass the exams.
听第4段对话，回答第10-12题。
10. What is the probable relation between the man and woman
A. A research student and a stranger.
B. A social worker and a businessman.
C. A businessman and a research student.
11. What made the woman begin to smoke at the age of 17
A. Her boyfriend offered her a cigarette.
B. She often went to parties with her friends.
C. She wanted to follow her friends’example.
12. What was the result of the woman's first attempt to stop smoking
A. She stopped smoking for a while.
B. She managed to give up smoking completely.
C. She began to smoke fewer cigarettes than before.
听第5段对话，回答第13-15题。
13. What do the students come to the school for
A. Visiting the school.
B. Attending summer courses.
C. A sightseeing tour of the area.
14. How long has the school been open
A. Twenty years.
B. Five years.
C. Twenty-five years.
15. What could the students do in the study center if they were out late the night before
A. Talk to the teachers.
B. Use the equipment.
C. Do the homework.
第二节：听取信息(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)
听下面1段对话。请根据题目要求，从所听到的内容中获取必要的信息，填入答题卡
标号为16—20的空格中。听录音前，你将有10秒钟的阅题时间，录音读两遍。你有80
秒钟的作答时间。
Ⅱ．单项填空(共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分)
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填人空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
21. -- Andrew won't like it, you know.
-- I don't care what Andrew thinks!
A. So what B. So where C. So why D. So how
22. -- Must he come to sign this paper himself
-- Yes, he .
A. need B. must C. may D. will
23. I thought she was famous, but none of my friends have heard of her.
A. even B. ever C. just D. never
24. The traffic lights green and I pulled away.
A. came B. grew C. got D. went
25. I was still sleeping when the fire , and then it spread quickly.
A. broke out B. put out C. came out D. got out
26. Jenny was very sad over the loss of the photos she had shot at Canada, this was a memory she especially treasured.
A. as B. if C. when D. where
27. Sarah had her washing machine repaired the day before yesterday, she
A. had B. did C. hadn't D. didn't
28. Much of the power of the trade unions has been lost , their political influence should be very great.
A. As a result B. As usual C. Even so D. So far
29. No matter how frequently , the works of Beethoven still attract people all over the world.
A. performed B. performing C. to be performed D. being performed
30. this cake, you'll need 2 eggs, 175 g sugar and 175 g flour.
A. Having made B. Make C. To make D. Making
31. "You can't have this football back you promise not to kick it at my cat again," the
old man said firmly.
A. because B. since C. when D. until
32. The young girl sitting next to me on the plane was very nervous. She before.
A. hasn't flown B. didn't fly C. hadn't flown D. wasn't flying
33. So difficult it to work out the problem that I decided to ask Tom for advice.
A. I did find B. did I find C. I have found D. have I found
34. You have been sitting on my hat and now it is badly out of .
A. date B. shape C. order D. balance
35. -- Excuse me, Sir, is the swimming pool open all day
-- Only from 6:00 pal to 10:00 pm.
A. That's right. B. Yes, of course
C. Sorry, I am not sure D. Sorry, I'm afraid not
Ⅲ．完形填空(共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36—55各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)
中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
The survey about childhood in the Third World shows that the struggle for survival is long and
hard. But in the rich world, children can 36 from a different kind of poverty — of the spirit.
37 , one Western country alone now sees 14, 000 attempted suicides ( 自杀 ) every year by
children under 15, and one child 38 five needs psychiatric (心理) advice.
There are many good things about 39 in the Third World. Take the close and constant
relation between children and their parents, relatives and neighbours for example. In the West, the
very nature of work puts distance between 40 and children. But in most Third World villages
mother and father do not go miles away each day to work in offices. 41 , the child sees
mother and father, relations and neighbours working 42 and often shares in that work.
A child 43 in this way learns his or her role through joining in the community's 44 ：
helping to dig or build, look after animals or babies -- rather than 45 playing with water and
sand in kindergarten, keeping pets 46 playing with dolls.
These children may grow up with a less oppressive sense of space and time than the 47
children. Their sense of days and time has a lot to do with the change of seasons and positions of
the sun or the moon in the sky. Children in the rich world, 48 , are provided with a watch as
one of the 49 signs of growing up, so that they can 50 along with their parents about
being late for school times, meal times, bed times, the times of TV shows …
Third World children do not usually 51 to stay indoors, still less in highrise apartments
(公寓) . Instead of dangerous roads, "keep off the grass" signs and "don't speak to strangers",
there is often a sense of 52 to study and play. Parents can see their children outside rather
than observe them 53 from ten floors up.
54 , twelve million children under five still die every year through hunger and disease.
But childhood in the Third World is not all 55
36. A. come B. learn C. suffer D. survive
37. A. As usual B. For instance C. In fact D. In other words
38. A. by B. in C. to D. under
39. A. childhood B. poverty C. spirit D. survival
40. A. adults B. fathers C. neighbours D. relatives
41. A. Anyhow B. However C. Instead D. Still
42. A. away B. alone C. along D. nearby
43. A. growing up B. living through C. playing D. working
44. A. activity B. life C. study D. work
45. A. by B. from C. through D. with
46. A. and B. but C. or D. so
47. A. Eastern B. good C. poor D. Western
48. A. at any moment B. at the same time C. on the other hand D. on the whole
49. A. easiest B. earliest C. happiest D. quickest
50. A. care B. fear C. hurry D. worry
51. A. dare B. expect C. have D. require
52. A. control B. danger C. disappointment D. freedom
53. A. anxiously B. eagerly C. impatiently D. proudly
54. A. Above all B. In the end C. Of course D. What's more
55. A. bad B. good C. rich D. poor
Ⅳ．阅读理解(共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项，并在
答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
Scientific experiments can sometimes go wrong and when they do the results may range from
the disastrous to the troubling. One such experiment took place in South America about fifty years
ago. Whether its final consequences will cause serious damage or nothing more than a small trouble
still remains to be seen.
The story began in 1956 when an American scientist working in Brazil decided to solve the
problem of increasing the productivity of that country's bees. He imported a very active type of Afri-
can bee from Tanzania and mated (交配) it with the more easy-going native variety to produce a
new kind of bees. The new bees worked harder and produced twice as much honey. It seemed that
Professor Kerr, for that was the scientist's name, had a total success on his hands.
Then things began to go wrong. For some reason as yet unseen, but perhaps as a result of
something in their environment, the new bees began to develop extremely attacking personali-
ties. They became bad-tempered and easy to be angry, attacked the native bees and drove them
from their living places.
But worse was to follow. Having taken over the countryside, the new bees, with their danger-
ous stings (叮) , began to attack its neighbours -- cats, dogs, horses, chickens and finally man
himself. A long period of terror began that has so far killed a great number of animals and about
150 human beings.
This would have been bad enough if the bees had stayed in Brazil. But now they are on the
move, heading northwards in countless millions towards Central and North America, and moving at
the alarming speed of 200 miles a year. The countries that lie in their path are naturally worried
because it looks as if nothing can be done to stop them.
56. The results of the South American experiment .
A. have caused a serious trouble
B. have proved to be wrong
C. are not yet certain
D. are not important
57. The experiment mentioned in this passage was designed to .
A. increase the amount of honey in Brazil
B. make Brazilian bees more easy-going
C. increase the number of bees in Brazil
D. make African bees less active
58. Which of the following may be the cause of the new bees' attacking personalities
A. Their production of honey.
B. Their hard work.
C. Their living environment.
D. Their bad temper.
59. The last paragraph implies that .
A. the bees have been driven to Central and North America
B. the bees may bring about trouble in more countries
C. the bees must be stopped from moving north
D. the bees prefer to live in Brazil
B
He's an old cobbler (修鞋匠) with a shop in the Marais, a historic area in Paris. When I
took him my shoes, he at first told me: “I haven't time. Take them to the other fellow on the main
street ; he'll fix them for you right away.”
But I'd had my eye on his shop for a long time. Just looking at his bench loaded with tools and
pieces of leather, I knew he was a skilled craftsman (手艺人). “No,” I replied, “the other fel-
low can't do it well.”
“The other fellow” was one of those shopkeepers who fix shoes and make keys “while-U-
wait” -- without knowing much about mending shoes or making keys. They work carelessly, and
when they have finished sewing back a sandal strap (鞋带) you might as well just throw away the
pair.
My man saw I wouldn't give in, and he smiled. He wiped his hands on his blue apron ( 围
裙), looked at my shoes, had me write my name on one shoe with a piece of chalk and said,
“Come back in a week.”
I was about to leave when he took a pair of soft leather boots off a shelf.
“See what I can do ” he said with pride. “Only three of us in Paris can do this kind of
work.. ”
When I got back out into the street, the world seemed brand-new to me. He was something
out of an ancient legend, this old craftsman with his way of speaking familiarly, his very strange,
dusty felt hat, his funny accent from who-knows-where and, above all, his pride in his craft.
These are times when nothing is important but the bottom line, when you can do things any
old,way as long as it “pays”, when, in short, people look on work as a path to ever-increasing
consumption (消费) rather than a way to realize their own abilities. In such a period it is a rare
comfort to find a cobbler who gets his greatest satisfaction from pride in a job well done.
60. Which of the following is true about the old cobbler.'
A. He was equipped with the best repairing tools.
B. He was the only cobbler in the Marais.
C. He was proud of his skills.
D. He was a native Parisian.
61. The sentence “He was something out of an ancient legend.” ( paragraph 7 ) implies that
A. nowadays you can hardly find anyone like him
B. it was difficult to communicate with this man
C. the man was very strange
D. the man was too old
62. According to the author, many people work just to .
A. realize their abilities
B. gain happiness
C. make money
D. gain respect
63. This story wants to tell us that .
A. craftsmen make a lot of money
B. whatever you do, do it well
C. craftsmen need self-respect
D. people are born equal
C
Members of the working class have blue-collar jobs. They are construction workers, truck
drivers, mechanics, steel workers, electricians, and the like. What makes this class differ from
the lower class is, first, longer periods of employment -- and therefore, more fixed incomes —
and, second, employment in skilled or semiskilled (半熟练的 ) occupations, not unskilled
ones. Although unemployment hits all levels of the American economy, including those of skilled
and semi-skilled workers, it is most common at the bottom of the class structure and increasingly
less common at each level upward. They consider themselves to be respectable and hard working
and they look down upon members of the "lower" class, whom they often consider to be lazy, dis-
honest, and too ready to exploit public assistance. -~
Most people in the working class have at least high school education. Many have some experi-
ence of college ( especially community college), though few are college graduates. Unionization
has helped the working class, but a rapidly changing economy and frequent periods of high unem-
ployment make it difficult for most of its members to be able to increase their savings great-
ly. Purchasing a house for people in this class is extremely difficult, although a certain percentage
may receive houses from their parents. (Home-owning rises with social class. )
A greater number of the members of the working class take relatively little satisfaction in their
jobs, because much of their work is ordinary and boring. As a result, many seek their main satis-
faction in recreational ( 娱乐的) activities. Many members of this class would like to earn enough
money to leave their jobs and start their own businesses, though few make it. Many place their
expectations on their children, hoping that they at least will rise in the ladder of success, Ameri-
can style.
64. Which of the following is true about the working class.
A. They are often employed as skilled and semi-skilled workers.
B. They are often offered jobs with high incomes.
C. They are often considered lazy and dishonest.
D. They are often exploited by the public.
65. The underlined word “hit” (paragraph 1 ) roughly means .
A. strike with a blow
B. have bad effects on
C. break up
66. Most people in the working class .
A. have difficulty increasing their savings greatly
B. have at least some experience of college
C. receive houses from their parents
D. buy houses by themselves
67. Many members from the working class are not satisfied with their jobs because .
A. they could not rise in the ladder of success
B. they are not interested in their jobs
C. they could not earn much money
D. they are not their own bosses
D
How many people have I met who have told me about the book they have been planning to
write but have never yet found the time7 Far too many.
This is Life, all right, but we do treat it like a rehearsal (排演) and, unhappily, we do miss
so many of its best moments.
We take jobs to stay alive and provide homes for our families always making ourselves believe
that this style of life is merely a temporary state of affairs along the road to what we really want to
do. Then, at 60 or 65, we are suddenly presented with a clock and several grandchildren and we
look back and realize that all those years waiting for Real Life to come along were in fact real life.
In America they have a saying much laughed at by the English：“Have a nice day” they
speak slowly and seriously in their shops, hotels and sandwich bars. I think it is a wonderful
phrase, reminding us, in effect, to enjoy the moment: to value this very day.
How often do we say to ourselves, "I'll take up horse-riding (or golf, or sailing) as soon as
I get a higher position," only to do none of those things when I do get the higher position.
When I first became a reporter I knew a man who gave up a very well paid respectable job at
the Daily Telegraph to go and edit a small weekly newspaper. At the time I was astonished by what
appeared to me to be his completely abnormal (反常的) mental state. How could anyone turn his
back on Fleet Street in central London for a small local area？I wanted to know.
Now I am a little older and possibly wiser, I see the sense in it. In Fleet Street the man was
under continual pressure. He lived in an unattractive London suburb and he spent much of his life
sitting on Southern Region trains.
68. The first paragraph of the passage tells us that .
A. we always try to find some time to write a book
B. we always make plans but seldom fulfil them
C. we always enjoy many of life's best moments
D. we always do what we really want to do
69. The underlined phrase "turn his back on" (paragraph 6) most probably means .
A. leave for
B. return to
C. give up
D. rely on
70. The man ( paragraph 6) left his first job partly because he was .
A. in an abnormal mental state
B. under too much pressure
C. not well paid
D. not respected
71. What is probably the best title for the passage
A. Provide Homes For Our Family
B. Take Up Horse-riding
C. Value This Very Day
D. Stay Alive
E
72. Who is (are) the editor (s) of William Faulkner: Novels 1926-1929
A. Noel Polk & Joseph Blotner.
B. Phillip Lopate.
C. Tony Kushner.
D, Leo Bersani.
73. How much do you pay for American Movie Critics
A. US $45.
B. US $40.
C. US $35.
D. US $25.
74. Which book do you buy if you want to read the play "Death of a Salesman"
A. Arthur Miller: Collected Plays 1944 -1961.
B. William Faulkner: Novels 1926-1929.
C. Henry James: Novels 1901 -1902.
D. American Movie Critics.
75. Henry James' only book written in the first person is
A. The Wings of the Dove.
B. The Sacred Fount.
C. Soldiers'Pay.
D. Mosquitoes.
V．短文改错(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断：如无错误，在该行
右边横线上画一个勾(√)；如有错误(每行只有一个错误)，则按下列情况改正：
此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线(＼)划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用
斜线划掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(八)，在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
When a young man starts to earn his own living, he
can no longer expect others to pay his food, his clothes, 76.
or his room, but he has to work till he wants to live 77.
comfortable. If he spends most of his time playing 78.
about in the way that he used to as a child, they will go 79.
hungry. And if he breaks the laws of society that he used 80.
to break the laws of his parents, he may go to the prison. 81.
If, therefore, he works hard, keeps out of trouble and has 82.
better health, he can have the great happiness of seeing 83.
himself to make steady progress in his job and of 84.
building up for himself his own position in society. 85.
Ⅵ．书面表达(满分25分)
根据以下图画，写一篇英语短文，描述今昔通讯方式的变化，以及这些变化给人们生
活带来的影响。
注意：1．词数：100左右
2．生词：通讯：communicate(with sb．)vi.
communication n．
互联网：the Internet n.2006高考英语真题（福建）
第一节（共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分）
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
例：How much is the shin
A.&19.15. B.&9.15. C.&50.
答案是B.
1.How much willl the man pay for the tickets
A.&7.5. B.Gate 22. C.Gate 25.
2.Which is the right gate for the man’s flight
A.Gate 16. B.Gate22. C.Worried.
3.How does the man feel about going to school by bike
A.Happy B.Tired. C.Worried
4.When ean the woman get the computer
A.On Tuesday. B.On Wednesday. C.On Thursday.
5.What doea the man feel about going to school by bike
A.The size is not large enough.
B.The material is not good.
C.The color is not suitable.
第二节(共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话读两遍。
6.What can we learn about Mr. Brown
A.He is in his office.
B.He is at a meeting
C.He is out for a meal.
7.What will the man prohably do next
A.Call back. B.Come again. C.Leave a meassage.
听第7段材料，回答8、9题。
8.What kind of room does the man want to take
A.A single room.
B.double room.
C.A room for three.
9.What does the man need to put in the form
A.Telephone and student card numbers.
B.Student card number and address.
C.Address and telephone number.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
10.What is the relationship between the speakcrs
A.Fellow clerks.
B.Boss and seeretary.
C.Customer and salesperson.
11.What does the man like about his job
A.fiving close to the office.
B.Chances to go abroad.
C.Nice people to work with.
12.What do e know about the woman
A.She likes traveling
B.She is new to the company
C.She works in public relations.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
13.When will the visitors come
A.In March.
B.In Aril.
C.In May
14.How many visitons coming
A8. B.10. C.12.
15.What will the visitors do on the sccond day
A.Go to a party
B.Visit schools.
C.Auend a lecture.
16.Where will the visitor go on the final day
A.To London.
B.To Scotland.
C.To the coast.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
17.What is the first word the baby to say
A.Truck. B.OK. C.Duek.
18.How old was the baby when he learned to say that word correctly
A.About 18 months
B.About 21 months.
C.About 24 months.
19.what did the father do when the baby screamed that word at the airport
A.He corrccted the baby
B.He tried to stop the baby.
C.He hid himself somewhere
20.Why did the mother pretend not to know the baby
A.She got angry with the father
B.She was frightened by the noise.
C.She felt uneasy about the noisy baby.
第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
例：It is generally considered unwise to give a child________he or she wants.
A.however B.whatever C.whichever D.shenever
答案是B。
21.---Who ealled me this morning when I was not
----A man ealling______Robert.
A.his B.himself C.his D.不填
22.Look out! Don’t get too close to the house______roof is under repair.
A.whose B.which C.of which D.what
23.Sorry. Madam. You’d better come tomorrow because it’s______the visiting hours.
A.during B.at C.beyond D.before
24.I adies and gendemen, please fasten your seat belts. The plane________.
A.takes off B.is taking off C.has taken off D.took off
25.----How long do you think it will be______China sends a meanned spaceship to the moon
-----Perhaps two or three years.
A.when B.until C.that D.before
26.Green products are becoming more and more popular because they are environmentally_______.
A.friendly B.various C.common D.changeable
27.If it were not for the fact that she_______sing, I would invite ber to the party.
A.couldn’t B.shouldn’t C.can’t D.might not
28.She______Japanese when she was in Japan. Now she can speak it freely.
A. B. C. D.
29.I’m sure you’d tather she went to school by bus,_______
A.hadn’t you B.wouldn’t you C.aren’t D.didn’t she
30._______homework did we have to do that we had no time to take a rest.
A.So much B.Too much C.Too little D.So little
31.The moment the 28th Olympic Cames_______open, the whole world cheered.
A.dcelaned B.have been declared
C.have declared D.were declared
32.The workers will go on strike if the demands they_______put forward are lurned down.
A.could Bwould C.不填 D.had
33._______for the breakdown of the school computer network, Alice was in low spirits.
A.Blamin B.Blamed
C.To blame D.To be blamed
34.---It’s burning hot today, isn’t it
----Yes. ________yesterday.
A.So was it B.So it was C.So it is D.So is it
35.Always read the________on the bottle carefully and take the right amout of medieine.
A.explanstions B.instructions
C.descriptions D.introductions
第二节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）
阅读下面短文，从短文后所给各题的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
The battle was followed by a terrible slorm. Therefore, it wasn’t until October 26 that Vice. Admiral(海军中将)Collingwood was 36 to send off his report to Britain 37 the victory and Nelson’s death.
He chose 38 the task one of the smallest ships in his flect. Pickle, 39 by Captain Lapenotiere. In spite of 40 winds and rough seas. Pickle made the 41 of more than 1, 000 miles in just over eight days, 42 Falmouth on the morning of November 4.
From there. Captain Lapenotiere 43 a fast post chaise(轻便马车)to London, traveling 44 for 37 hours. He reached the Admiralty in Whitehall at 1 a. m. on Wednesday, November 6-less than 11 days after he had 45 Colingwood.
Mest of the offieials had gone to bed 46 , but the seeretary was still 47 in the famous Board Room. Lapenotiete hurried in and 48 the report whit the simple words; “Sir, we have gained a great victory. But we have 49 Lord Nelson.”
Copies of the report were quickly made and 50 to the prime Minister and King Ceorge 111. A special edition of a 51 was rushed out and delivered all over the country.
The atmosphere of public 52 fot the victory was weakened by widespread sorrow the 53 of Nelson. As one poet later wrote; “The victory of Trafalgat was 54 ,indeed, with the usual forms of rejoicing(欢庆)， 55 they were without joy.”
36.A.eager B.anxious C.able D.sure
37.A.announcing B.telling C.mentioning D.warning
38.A.with B.from C.for D.among
39.A.seated B.brought C.owned D.led
40.A.stong B.weak C.warm D.light
41.A.leaving for B.arriving at C.staying in D.sailing for
42.A.leaving for B.arriving at C.staying in D.sailing for
43.A.made B.took C.kept D.sat
44.A.freely B.nimlessly C.slowly D.contimously
45.A. seen B.found C.told D.left
46.A.long before B.fon ago C.tokl D.left
47.A.on leave B.on business C.at work D.at sea
48.A.took over B.handed over C.ave out D.turned out
49.A.defeated B.beaten C.missed D.lost
50.A.sent B.carried C.suggested D.written
51.A.book B.newspaper C.weekly D.magarine
52.A.hope B.search C.desire D.happiness
53.A.return B.failure C.deats D.injury
54.A.congratulated B.celebrated C.gained D.reported
55.A.and B.so C.for D.hut
第三部分 阅读理解（共20 小题；每小题2分，满分40分）
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
Getting paid to talk about the World Cup is a great job. I’m not a football commentator(评论员),though-just an English teacher in japan.
I came to japan two years ago, and didn't think I would stay, but japan has that effect on you. People after endup tiving bere longer than they planned. I think it’s best to teach in a biggest eity where there are onther foreigners to mix with. Rather than a small town where English teachers often complain of feeling like a goldfish in a bovd. Many people choose to live in Tokyo, of course, which is good for the nightlife factor. But I’d say that for geueral quality of living, cities of neither too large nor too small, like Sapporo where I live, are better choices.
I teach English privately, which means I’m my own boss. If you want to devote yourself to private teaching, it’s well worth doing a TEFL eourse first. Beeause your lessons will be much better for it. The problem with private teaching is finding students; it took me a year to build up a full schedule(日程表)of private lessons, so I started out teaching in schools part time.
Most of my foreign friends here work full-time for big English conversation schools. The salary is fine to live on. But whether you can save money depends on how much going out and traveling you do here.
The schools are reluetam to take time off –even teachers with tichets for the England-Argentina game had trouble getting the day off.
56.From the passage we know in japan the write likes to jive in_______.
A.Tokyo B.a small town
C.a city of middle site D.a bit city
57.According to the writer, one had better________first to do private teaching better.
A.take a TEFL course B.decide his or her own lessons
C.find students D.build up a full schedule
58.The underlined sentence in the second paragraph implies that_______.
A.there ar many foreigners in japan
B.Japan is good for nightlife
C.they can teach English privately in japan
D.japan has something more nuractive than expected
59.The underlined word“reluetant”in the passage may probably mean_____.
A.kind B.unwilling C.free D.careless
B
As skies are filled with millions of migrating(迁徙)birds, Eutopean scientists say the seasonal weadcr appears to be strange; the fatter that bird, the better it flies.
The results of their study led to a theory opposite to a eentral one of acrodynamies(空气动力学), whieh says that the power needed to fly inereases with weight.
For birds, obvionsly, the cost of flying with heavy fat is much smalleg than we used to think. Resenrchers found that red knoll wading birds double their normal body weight of 100 grams before making their twice-a-year nonstop flight between the Brilish lsles and the Russian Arctic. Distance; 5, 000 kilometers.
Another study in the magazine Naturn measured the ndvanrage of flying in an acrodynamic group which allows birds to save energy by flying smoothly and quielly in the lead bird’s air strearn.
Flying in groups, their heart rates were 14.5 pereenl lower than flying alone, according to Henri, a French scientist. The findings help explain how birds complets difficult migrations. Rescarehers had thought that thinner, stronger birds would have the best chance to survive.
The first study suggests that building up fat to be burnt as fuel during the migration is worth more than the energy it takes to carry the additional weight.
In the study, researeherd said their learn studied the birds flown at different body weights during 28 simulated(模拟的)flights. They foreed a small amount of special water into the birds’ bodies so that they could measure the amount of energy burnt during the flight.
60.A red knot wading bird of 100 grams will probably weigh_____before making its nonstop migraling flingt.
A.50 grams B.100 grams C.150 grams D.200 grams
61.During their migrating flight, red knot wading birds can save energy by flying_______.
A.separately B.alone C.in groups D.in pairs
62.A_______red not wading hird has a benet chance to survive during its migrating flight.
A.stronger B.weaker C.thinner D.fatter
63.The best title for this passage may probably be________.
A.Birds Thin Down For Journey
B.Birds Fatten Up For Journey
C.How Birds Build Up Fat For Journey
D.How Birds Burn Energy For Journey
C
Cafe Hub
Next to the Castle lies The Hub, home of the Edinburgh lnternational Festiveal and one of the most talked about spots in lown. Our cafe in open every day for mouth-watering lunches, snncks and fine e in and enjoy the The liub, Casfleill. Royal Mile, Edinburgh. Open every day from 9:30 a. m. till late.
Tel: 0131 473 2067 www. Thehub-
Farm Warid
Enjoy being “A Farmer for a Day”. Join in delivering and feeding our spring babis-bottle feeding sessions twice daily. Fun for all family. Horse Rides, BMX Bikes Cross Country Course, Tractor through 600 acres, New Adventurn Playground. Naturn Trails. Full details on website.
Open:May-Oct Wednesdays to Saturdays and daily during school holidays 11 a. m.-p. m.
Tel:01797 260256/260321 www. Farmworld-rye. Co. uk
Enter the Europe-wide student competition!
Are you curious, creative and energelic Are you interested in the new medin Are you between 12 and 19 years of age Then Join ldulimedia 2006 is for you!
Your challerge will be to build a team and develop a multimedia presentafion in English-based on one of three different lopics. You can register(报名)between May I and June 15, 2006 and will have to lurn in your enlry before September 15.2006.
The rewards are wonderful& 150,000 in prise for schools and the chance to-attend a European student eamp-plus new experienees, an opporturnity to make friends throughout Eerope!
For further informarion and regitration forms go to; www. join. Multimedis.
64.You’ll have to register first if you want________.
A.to enjoy delieiours food
B.to lry Trelor Ride through 600 acres
C.to enter the Europe-wide student compelilion
D.to watch ithe world go by from the beautiful terrace
65.Aceording to the passage, there will be______rewards for the Europe-wide student competition.
A.only one B.two C.three D.four
66.You can visit Farm World________.
A.on Monday in May B.any day in October
C.at 2 p. m. at Christmas D.at 10:30 a. m. during school holidays
67. From the adverlisements above, we can learn that_______.
A.Cafe Hub is a peopular phice in the local arca
B.families can enjoy Horic Rides on New Adventre Plavground
C.Farm World provides lunches, snacks and fine dining.
D.the Europe-wide student competition will be beld on Jine 15.2006
D
There are two main forms of teaching in Notinghain University: serninar (研讨会)and leelure. They are very different from the sort of teaching most often used in schools and colleges.
In seminars you will be taught will discussion focusing on a lexl or lopic sel in sdrance in a Friendly and inforrrad alrnosphere. The purpoce is to provide an opportunity to try out new idesas and to think through diffieulties with fellow. Learners. Students develop friendsips through groups, as well as learning more about other people’s ideas. You can also know your tutors as an individual rather than a face at the end of the room.
Lectures are the most formal. There may be over a hundred in the audieace and the lecture will last about fifty minutes. The value of the lecture is that it ean present to a large number of people infornution which is not readily avsilshle in books, that it can give you an opportunily to hear a specialist develop a coherent(有条理的)argument, and that it ean show visual matcrial to a wide audience.
You typicrd week’s a work will feel strange after school or college since there are fewer timelzhled teaching hours. Each week in the first year you may attend about six lectures and four to six seminars or tutorials(辅导). For the rest of the time you are working on your own, doing the nccessary reading in preparation for tutorials or writing seminar papers. When writing an eassay or carrying out project work, you can often discuse with your about the ritle and topic.
68. The purpose of the passage is_______.
A.to intreduce two main forms of resching
B.to persuade you to try out new ideas
C.to stress the importance of discussion
D.to make you believe that seminar is more helpful
69.One of the values of the leeture is______.
A.to make friends through groups
B.to learn more about other people’s idens
C.to offer a chatiee to discuss with a specialist
D.to present to students inforntation not found in books
70.Your typical week’s work in the university will feel strange beeause______.
A.you may have no project work after class
B.you may give leetures and seminars
C.you may have fewer timetabled teaching hours
D.you may write seminar papers with fellow-learners
71.We can learn from the passage that__________.
A.scminar is better than lceutre
B.lecture is better than seminar
C.seminar is more formal than lecture
D.lecture is more formal than settirar
E
Despite the high technology and investment(投资)in flood defences by the Envirunment Ageney.(环保局)，there is no way to stop all flooding-sooner or later nature will produce something that will beat even the strongest defences.
Warning people of this danger is very important if we are to prevent the greal loss of life seen fifry-three years ago. Indeed if the Flood Warning system that currently exists had been around on that eold, stormy night in January 1953 ,many lives would have been spared.
The Environment Ageney took over the mle of flood warning in 1995 from the police who had to go door to door or sound alarms to get the news not.The service is being constantly improved and a combination of better technology and increased investrnent following the Easter Floods of 1998 has led to the creation of Floodline and an autornatie(自动)messaging systenl that can warn thousands of people in very little time.
The Flood Warning team in Kent has also sent letters to the people living close to the rivers or the sea and invited them to join the AVM(automated voiee messaging)systern. Anyone chooeing to take up this free service will receive a recorded message directly to their home, business or pager telling them of the level of warming, giving them as much time as possible to carry out their flood plan and save iterns that cannot be replaced if lost or daraged, such as photographs or children’s farorite toys.
72.Choose the earrect statements from the following according to the passage.
a.Many people lost their lives in the flood in 1953.
b.The Flood Warning system was already in use in 1953.
c.Flood defences can stop all flooding.
d.The Environrnent Agcney began to warn people of flood in 1995.
e.Floodline was crcated after the Easter Floods of 1998.
A.a,b,c B.b,c,d C.a,c,c D.a,d,e
73.What does the underlined word“pager”nean in the passage
A.A boy employed to acrry luggage in lsotels.
B.A picce of equipment designed to rcceive and show messages.
C.A page of papers written to offer messages.
D.A person invited to write pages pages of messages.
74.People can easily get information and advice about flood any time of the day from______.
A.automatic messaging system
B.Floodline 0845 988 1188
C.the Flood Warning team in Kent
D.automsted voice messaging system
75.The best title for this passage may probably be_______.
A.Envinoupent Ageney
B.Technology In Flood Defences
C.Flood Warning System
D.Easter Floods
第卷（非选择题 共35分）
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分35分）
第一节 短文改错(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断：如无错误，在该行右边横线上画一个勾(对号)；如有错误（每行只有一个错误），则按下列情况改正；
此行多一个词，把多余的词用斜线（\）划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线(\)划掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(^)，在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
Dear John.
Last summber I take a part-time job in the lnternational
Camp for ehildren. I have been told one more worker
Will be needed this year and I think you arre fit it. How
About join as The camp is al the foot of a small hill
Close to a river. It is so a beautiful place! We can hear
Birds singing happy all around. Everybody sleeps in
Tents, that is very exciting. We usually work only five
Hours a day, so we will have plenty of spare time visit the
Area and laye a him, I am sure it will be an unforgetlahle
Experience. If you have interests in it, reply to me soon.
Yours,
Li Ping
第二节 书面表达（满分25分）
假如你们学校“英语爱好者俱乐部”将对“良好饮食习惯”这一话题进行讨论。请根据下列提示，用英语写一篇发言稿。内容要点应包括：
部分同学的饮食习 惯 良好的饮食习惯 个人看法
注意：1.发言稿必须包括所有内容要点，可适当发挥；
2.发言稿开头与结尾已为你写好，不计入总词数;
3.词数：100左右.
4.参考词汇:偏食be bartieular about food 零食 snack
Dear friends,
As we all know, we are what we eat. Therefore , it’s very important for us to form healthy cating habits.
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
That’s all. Thank you!
英语试题参考答案
第一部分
1.B2.C3.A4.A5.C6.C7.A8.A9.C10.A11.B12.B13.A14.B15.B16.C17.A18.B19.B20.C
第二部分
21.B22.A23.C24.B25.D26.A27.C2006天津高考英语听力原文（word）
第一部分
第一节,听下面五段对话,每段对话后有一个小题,从每题所给的三个选项选出最佳选项,听完每段对话后,你有十秒回答和阅读下一小题,每段你
将听一遍.
例如,现在你有五秒的时间看试卷上的例题目,你将听到以下内容:
67.－Excuse me,is it my turn now I have been waiting for some time and I was wondering....
－I'm sorry.The doctor is so busy.
68.－It was such an interesting lecture.I hope you enjoy it as much as I did.
－I must admit that I always fell asleep in the first 30 minutes.
69.－Have a nice weekend.Do you have anything exciting
－No,not really.I was thinking of boating in the water park with my parents.But you know the international English telling competetion is coming up, so I will stay at home and prepare for it.
70.－Good morning,Mikel music.
－Hello,I'd like to know if I can order the new discovery CD.
-Certainly. Let me check on the computer. Yes,the order number is CD392BK,the price is 30 ponds 99.
71.－Did you go to the ltalin hightech exibition in tianjin university last month.
-Yes,it was wonderful.I particularly likes the works by Da Vinci
－I wish I had gone but I heard we have to wait for two hours to get the ticket.

听下面五段材料，每段有一个小题，从三个选项中选一个．
第一篇
-Hi bill ,you look happy.
-Yes ,I'm just seeing a very funny film on TV.
-What was it about
-It was about a careless man who got into trouble wherever he went.he couldn't do anything right.
-So you liked it
-Yes,i did.it make me laugh a lot.
-But i rather see something not only intersting but also instructive.
-Oh jame ,don't be so serious.People sometimes need relaxation.
-That's ture .But i just think that watching TV is just not for entertainment.
第二篇
－Hi,lily.Great graduation party, isn't it
-Yes.everyone here is having a good time.Any ideas for the future
-Well, I'm interested in finance and my uncle runs a company in HongKong, so I decided to go to HongKong University.
-Sounds great.HongKong is an international financial center.You will surely go far there.
-What about you
-I'd like to go to university in Beijing.
-What do you want to take as you major,Computer science or medicine
-I prefer medicine.It's always being my dream to be a doctor.
第三篇
-I hear that you have just been to Australia and New Zealand,can you tell me something about the two countries
-Well,Australia is much bigger than New Zealand.You can leave a town and drive for hours before coming to the next one.There
are more nationalities there.But New Zealand have a much cool climate.
-Are there anything similar about then
-They both have beautiful beaches and great forest montains.Both traveling in both country is very exacting .
-What about the coastes
-They have very similar coastes.perpaps they are such close neighbors.Both coastes are very relaxed and freindly.You can go to a corner shop to buy a drink and end up to talking to shop keeper for hours.What's more,people in both counties are sport mad.
第四篇
－Hi ,you look tried.
-Yeah,but actually i feel great.I've just been working out of the jam.
-Really what do you do
-Well ,usually i play pingpong three times a week.If i have time,i go to a short swiming.
-I have never been to the jam.I am so busy with my classes that i just don't have time to excercise.
-Oh,that's too bad.
-I think you will enjoy the jam if you started going.
-My schedule is so tight.you know,my teachers all have great expectations of me.
-Well,any way ,think about it.And if you will find the time ,i do encourage you to try it.you 'd feel 100% better.
-Yeah,i really need to start to getting some excercise.I will give it some serious thought.
第五篇
-Wellcome to our programme.Today we have invited Fread Wocson ,a draving instuctor of over 20 years experience to talk to us about learning to drive.Well Fread,do you think it's getting expensive to learn to drive these days
-Well ,it depends.If you come for a privite instructor like me,it's going to be a bit less expensive than going to a big school.The thing is ,people have usually heard of the big school and trust them.Well i get customers through personal connections.
-Does that mean you have to try hard to get customers
-Not now ,when i started i have to.But at the moment i am fully booked and my prices are quite competitive.
-Learning to drive is usaully a nervous exprience for beginers.What do you think
-Well,it can be.But i try to get them to sit quietly in the drive's seat for a few momnent.With their eyes closed,you will be suprised how it changed some people.They fell much more ready for drive if they had a few quiet moments.
-Yes,i suppose some people are much more nervous than others .